Parent Directory
|
Revision Log
Fix slow study when much mutual recursion.
1 | /************************************************* |
2 | * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * |
3 | *************************************************/ |
4 | |
5 | /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax |
6 | and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. |
7 | |
8 | Written by Philip Hazel |
9 | Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge |
10 | |
11 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
12 | Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
13 | modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: |
14 | |
15 | * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, |
16 | this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
17 | |
18 | * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
19 | notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the |
20 | documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. |
21 | |
22 | * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its |
23 | contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from |
24 | this software without specific prior written permission. |
25 | |
26 | THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" |
27 | AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
28 | IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE |
29 | ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE |
30 | LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR |
31 | CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF |
32 | SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS |
33 | INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN |
34 | CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) |
35 | ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE |
36 | POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
37 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
38 | */ |
39 | |
40 | |
41 | /* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with |
42 | supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */ |
43 | |
44 | |
45 | #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H |
46 | #include "config.h" |
47 | #endif |
48 | |
49 | #define NLBLOCK cd /* Block containing newline information */ |
50 | #define PSSTART start_pattern /* Field containing pattern start */ |
51 | #define PSEND end_pattern /* Field containing pattern end */ |
52 | |
53 | #include "pcre_internal.h" |
54 | |
55 | |
56 | /* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre(16|32)_printint() function, which |
57 | is also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production |
58 | library. We do not need to select pcre16_printint.c specially, because the |
59 | COMPILE_PCREx macro will already be appropriately set. */ |
60 | |
61 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
62 | /* pcre_printint.c should not include any headers */ |
63 | #define PCRE_INCLUDED |
64 | #include "pcre_printint.c" |
65 | #undef PCRE_INCLUDED |
66 | #endif |
67 | |
68 | |
69 | /* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */ |
70 | |
71 | #define SETBIT(a,b) a[(b)/8] |= (1 << ((b)&7)) |
72 | |
73 | /* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that |
74 | holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than |
75 | INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have |
76 | to check them every time. */ |
77 | |
78 | #define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20) |
79 | |
80 | /* Definitions to allow mutual recursion */ |
81 | |
82 | static int |
83 | add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *, pcre_uchar **, int, compile_data *, |
84 | const pcre_uint32 *, unsigned int); |
85 | |
86 | static BOOL |
87 | compile_regex(int, pcre_uchar **, const pcre_uchar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int, int, |
88 | pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, branch_chain *, |
89 | compile_data *, int *); |
90 | |
91 | |
92 | |
93 | /************************************************* |
94 | * Code parameters and static tables * |
95 | *************************************************/ |
96 | |
97 | /* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the |
98 | first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex |
99 | is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as |
100 | soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code |
101 | does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218, |
102 | so this number is very generous. |
103 | |
104 | The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for |
105 | remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the |
106 | end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE |
107 | is 4 there is plenty of room for most patterns. However, the memory can get |
108 | filled up by repetitions of forward references, for example patterns like |
109 | /(?1){0,1999}(b)/, and one user did hit the limit. The code has been changed so |
110 | that the workspace is expanded using malloc() in this situation. The value |
111 | below is therefore a minimum, and we put a maximum on it for safety. The |
112 | minimum is now also defined in terms of LINK_SIZE so that the use of malloc() |
113 | kicks in at the same number of forward references in all cases. */ |
114 | |
115 | #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE) |
116 | #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX (100*COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
117 | |
118 | /* This value determines the size of the initial vector that is used for |
119 | remembering named groups during the pre-compile. It is allocated on the stack, |
120 | but if it is too small, it is expanded using malloc(), in a similar way to the |
121 | workspace. The value is the number of slots in the list. */ |
122 | |
123 | #define NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE 20 |
124 | |
125 | /* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the |
126 | overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */ |
127 | |
128 | #define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100) |
129 | |
130 | /* Private flags added to firstchar and reqchar. */ |
131 | |
132 | #define REQ_CASELESS (1 << 0) /* Indicates caselessness */ |
133 | #define REQ_VARY (1 << 1) /* Reqchar followed non-literal item */ |
134 | /* Negative values for the firstchar and reqchar flags */ |
135 | #define REQ_UNSET (-2) |
136 | #define REQ_NONE (-1) |
137 | |
138 | /* Repeated character flags. */ |
139 | |
140 | #define UTF_LENGTH 0x10000000l /* The char contains its length. */ |
141 | |
142 | /* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns |
143 | are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so |
144 | on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape |
145 | is invalid. */ |
146 | |
147 | #ifndef EBCDIC |
148 | |
149 | /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running |
150 | in UTF-8 mode. */ |
151 | |
152 | static const short int escapes[] = { |
153 | 0, 0, |
154 | 0, 0, |
155 | 0, 0, |
156 | 0, 0, |
157 | 0, 0, |
158 | CHAR_COLON, CHAR_SEMICOLON, |
159 | CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, |
160 | CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, |
161 | CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT, -ESC_A, |
162 | -ESC_B, -ESC_C, |
163 | -ESC_D, -ESC_E, |
164 | 0, -ESC_G, |
165 | -ESC_H, 0, |
166 | 0, -ESC_K, |
167 | 0, 0, |
168 | -ESC_N, 0, |
169 | -ESC_P, -ESC_Q, |
170 | -ESC_R, -ESC_S, |
171 | 0, 0, |
172 | -ESC_V, -ESC_W, |
173 | -ESC_X, 0, |
174 | -ESC_Z, CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET, |
175 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET, |
176 | CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT, CHAR_UNDERSCORE, |
177 | CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT, 7, |
178 | -ESC_b, 0, |
179 | -ESC_d, ESC_e, |
180 | ESC_f, 0, |
181 | -ESC_h, 0, |
182 | 0, -ESC_k, |
183 | 0, 0, |
184 | ESC_n, 0, |
185 | -ESC_p, 0, |
186 | ESC_r, -ESC_s, |
187 | ESC_tee, 0, |
188 | -ESC_v, -ESC_w, |
189 | 0, 0, |
190 | -ESC_z |
191 | }; |
192 | |
193 | #else |
194 | |
195 | /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */ |
196 | |
197 | static const short int escapes[] = { |
198 | /* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|', |
199 | /* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
200 | /* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~', |
201 | /* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
202 | /* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?', |
203 | /* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
204 | /* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"', |
205 | /* 80 */ 0, 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0, |
206 | /* 88 */-ESC_h, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0, |
207 | /* 90 */ 0, 0, -ESC_k, 'l', 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p, |
208 | /* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0, |
209 | /* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0, |
210 | /* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0, |
211 | /* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
212 | /* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-', |
213 | /* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G, |
214 | /* C8 */-ESC_H, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
215 | /* D0 */ '}', 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0,-ESC_N, 0, -ESC_P, |
216 | /* D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
217 | /* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X, |
218 | /* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
219 | /* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
220 | /* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 |
221 | }; |
222 | #endif |
223 | |
224 | |
225 | /* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is |
226 | searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce |
227 | the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The |
228 | string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC |
229 | platforms. */ |
230 | |
231 | typedef struct verbitem { |
232 | int len; /* Length of verb name */ |
233 | int op; /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */ |
234 | int op_arg; /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */ |
235 | } verbitem; |
236 | |
237 | static const char verbnames[] = |
238 | "\0" /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */ |
239 | STRING_MARK0 |
240 | STRING_ACCEPT0 |
241 | STRING_COMMIT0 |
242 | STRING_F0 |
243 | STRING_FAIL0 |
244 | STRING_PRUNE0 |
245 | STRING_SKIP0 |
246 | STRING_THEN; |
247 | |
248 | static const verbitem verbs[] = { |
249 | { 0, -1, OP_MARK }, |
250 | { 4, -1, OP_MARK }, |
251 | { 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 }, |
252 | { 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 }, |
253 | { 1, OP_FAIL, -1 }, |
254 | { 4, OP_FAIL, -1 }, |
255 | { 5, OP_PRUNE, OP_PRUNE_ARG }, |
256 | { 4, OP_SKIP, OP_SKIP_ARG }, |
257 | { 4, OP_THEN, OP_THEN_ARG } |
258 | }; |
259 | |
260 | static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem); |
261 | |
262 | |
263 | /* Substitutes for [[:<:]] and [[:>:]], which mean start and end of word in |
264 | another regex library. */ |
265 | |
266 | static const pcre_uchar sub_start_of_word[] = { |
267 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, |
268 | CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w, CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' }; |
269 | |
270 | static const pcre_uchar sub_end_of_word[] = { |
271 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, |
272 | CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w, |
273 | CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' }; |
274 | |
275 | |
276 | /* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are |
277 | now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared |
278 | library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero |
279 | length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed |
280 | for handling case independence. The indices for graph, print, and punct are |
281 | needed, so identify them. */ |
282 | |
283 | static const char posix_names[] = |
284 | STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0 |
285 | STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0 |
286 | STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0 |
287 | STRING_word0 STRING_xdigit; |
288 | |
289 | static const pcre_uint8 posix_name_lengths[] = { |
290 | 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 }; |
291 | |
292 | #define PC_GRAPH 8 |
293 | #define PC_PRINT 9 |
294 | #define PC_PUNCT 10 |
295 | |
296 | |
297 | /* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a |
298 | base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some |
299 | classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space |
300 | characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore |
301 | character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset, |
302 | second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map |
303 | addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The |
304 | absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 => |
305 | remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */ |
306 | |
307 | static const int posix_class_maps[] = { |
308 | cbit_word, cbit_digit, -2, /* alpha */ |
309 | cbit_lower, -1, 0, /* lower */ |
310 | cbit_upper, -1, 0, /* upper */ |
311 | cbit_word, -1, 2, /* alnum - word without underscore */ |
312 | cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, 0, /* ascii */ |
313 | cbit_space, -1, 1, /* blank - a GNU extension */ |
314 | cbit_cntrl, -1, 0, /* cntrl */ |
315 | cbit_digit, -1, 0, /* digit */ |
316 | cbit_graph, -1, 0, /* graph */ |
317 | cbit_print, -1, 0, /* print */ |
318 | cbit_punct, -1, 0, /* punct */ |
319 | cbit_space, -1, 0, /* space */ |
320 | cbit_word, -1, 0, /* word - a Perl extension */ |
321 | cbit_xdigit,-1, 0 /* xdigit */ |
322 | }; |
323 | |
324 | /* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. They are replaced by |
325 | Unicode property escapes. */ |
326 | |
327 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
328 | static const pcre_uchar string_PNd[] = { |
329 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
330 | CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
331 | static const pcre_uchar string_pNd[] = { |
332 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
333 | CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
334 | static const pcre_uchar string_PXsp[] = { |
335 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
336 | CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
337 | static const pcre_uchar string_pXsp[] = { |
338 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
339 | CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
340 | static const pcre_uchar string_PXwd[] = { |
341 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
342 | CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
343 | static const pcre_uchar string_pXwd[] = { |
344 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
345 | CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
346 | |
347 | static const pcre_uchar *substitutes[] = { |
348 | string_PNd, /* \D */ |
349 | string_pNd, /* \d */ |
350 | string_PXsp, /* \S */ /* Xsp is Perl space, but from 8.34, Perl */ |
351 | string_pXsp, /* \s */ /* space and POSIX space are the same. */ |
352 | string_PXwd, /* \W */ |
353 | string_pXwd /* \w */ |
354 | }; |
355 | |
356 | /* The POSIX class substitutes must be in the order of the POSIX class names, |
357 | defined above, and there are both positive and negative cases. NULL means no |
358 | general substitute of a Unicode property escape (\p or \P). However, for some |
359 | POSIX classes (e.g. graph, print, punct) a special property code is compiled |
360 | directly. */ |
361 | |
362 | static const pcre_uchar string_pL[] = { |
363 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
364 | CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
365 | static const pcre_uchar string_pLl[] = { |
366 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
367 | CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
368 | static const pcre_uchar string_pLu[] = { |
369 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
370 | CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
371 | static const pcre_uchar string_pXan[] = { |
372 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
373 | CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
374 | static const pcre_uchar string_h[] = { |
375 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_h, '\0' }; |
376 | static const pcre_uchar string_pXps[] = { |
377 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
378 | CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
379 | static const pcre_uchar string_PL[] = { |
380 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
381 | CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
382 | static const pcre_uchar string_PLl[] = { |
383 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
384 | CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
385 | static const pcre_uchar string_PLu[] = { |
386 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
387 | CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
388 | static const pcre_uchar string_PXan[] = { |
389 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
390 | CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
391 | static const pcre_uchar string_H[] = { |
392 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_H, '\0' }; |
393 | static const pcre_uchar string_PXps[] = { |
394 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
395 | CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
396 | |
397 | static const pcre_uchar *posix_substitutes[] = { |
398 | string_pL, /* alpha */ |
399 | string_pLl, /* lower */ |
400 | string_pLu, /* upper */ |
401 | string_pXan, /* alnum */ |
402 | NULL, /* ascii */ |
403 | string_h, /* blank */ |
404 | NULL, /* cntrl */ |
405 | string_pNd, /* digit */ |
406 | NULL, /* graph */ |
407 | NULL, /* print */ |
408 | NULL, /* punct */ |
409 | string_pXps, /* space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */ |
410 | string_pXwd, /* word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */ |
411 | NULL, /* xdigit */ |
412 | /* Negated cases */ |
413 | string_PL, /* ^alpha */ |
414 | string_PLl, /* ^lower */ |
415 | string_PLu, /* ^upper */ |
416 | string_PXan, /* ^alnum */ |
417 | NULL, /* ^ascii */ |
418 | string_H, /* ^blank */ |
419 | NULL, /* ^cntrl */ |
420 | string_PNd, /* ^digit */ |
421 | NULL, /* ^graph */ |
422 | NULL, /* ^print */ |
423 | NULL, /* ^punct */ |
424 | string_PXps, /* ^space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */ |
425 | string_PXwd, /* ^word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */ |
426 | NULL /* ^xdigit */ |
427 | }; |
428 | #define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes) / sizeof(pcre_uchar *)) |
429 | #endif |
430 | |
431 | #define STRING(a) # a |
432 | #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s) |
433 | |
434 | /* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they |
435 | are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because |
436 | they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below |
437 | are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce |
438 | the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically, |
439 | it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the |
440 | lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we |
441 | simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue |
442 | because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error. |
443 | |
444 | Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final |
445 | substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when |
446 | counting through. */ |
447 | |
448 | static const char error_texts[] = |
449 | "no error\0" |
450 | "\\ at end of pattern\0" |
451 | "\\c at end of pattern\0" |
452 | "unrecognized character follows \\\0" |
453 | "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0" |
454 | /* 5 */ |
455 | "number too big in {} quantifier\0" |
456 | "missing terminating ] for character class\0" |
457 | "invalid escape sequence in character class\0" |
458 | "range out of order in character class\0" |
459 | "nothing to repeat\0" |
460 | /* 10 */ |
461 | "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0" /** DEAD **/ |
462 | "internal error: unexpected repeat\0" |
463 | "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0" |
464 | "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0" |
465 | "missing )\0" |
466 | /* 15 */ |
467 | "reference to non-existent subpattern\0" |
468 | "erroffset passed as NULL\0" |
469 | "unknown option bit(s) set\0" |
470 | "missing ) after comment\0" |
471 | "parentheses nested too deeply\0" /** DEAD **/ |
472 | /* 20 */ |
473 | "regular expression is too large\0" |
474 | "failed to get memory\0" |
475 | "unmatched parentheses\0" |
476 | "internal error: code overflow\0" |
477 | "unrecognized character after (?<\0" |
478 | /* 25 */ |
479 | "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0" |
480 | "malformed number or name after (?(\0" |
481 | "conditional group contains more than two branches\0" |
482 | "assertion expected after (?(\0" |
483 | "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0" |
484 | /* 30 */ |
485 | "unknown POSIX class name\0" |
486 | "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0" |
487 | "this version of PCRE is compiled without UTF support\0" |
488 | "spare error\0" /** DEAD **/ |
489 | "character value in \\x{} or \\o{} is too large\0" |
490 | /* 35 */ |
491 | "invalid condition (?(0)\0" |
492 | "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0" |
493 | "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0" |
494 | "number after (?C is > 255\0" |
495 | "closing ) for (?C expected\0" |
496 | /* 40 */ |
497 | "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0" |
498 | "unrecognized character after (?P\0" |
499 | "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0" |
500 | "two named subpatterns have the same name\0" |
501 | "invalid UTF-8 string\0" |
502 | /* 45 */ |
503 | "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0" |
504 | "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0" |
505 | "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0" |
506 | "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0" |
507 | "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0" |
508 | /* 50 */ |
509 | "repeated subpattern is too long\0" /** DEAD **/ |
510 | "octal value is greater than \\377 in 8-bit non-UTF-8 mode\0" |
511 | "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0" |
512 | "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0" |
513 | "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0" |
514 | /* 55 */ |
515 | "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0" /** DEAD **/ |
516 | "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0" |
517 | "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0" |
518 | "a numbered reference must not be zero\0" |
519 | "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0" |
520 | /* 60 */ |
521 | "(*VERB) not recognized or malformed\0" |
522 | "number is too big\0" |
523 | "subpattern name expected\0" |
524 | "digit expected after (?+\0" |
525 | "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0" |
526 | /* 65 */ |
527 | "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0" |
528 | "(*MARK) must have an argument\0" |
529 | "this version of PCRE is not compiled with Unicode property support\0" |
530 | "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character\0" |
531 | "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name\0" |
532 | /* 70 */ |
533 | "internal error: unknown opcode in find_fixedlength()\0" |
534 | "\\N is not supported in a class\0" |
535 | "too many forward references\0" |
536 | "disallowed Unicode code point (>= 0xd800 && <= 0xdfff)\0" |
537 | "invalid UTF-16 string\0" |
538 | /* 75 */ |
539 | "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)\0" |
540 | "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large\0" |
541 | "invalid UTF-32 string\0" |
542 | "setting UTF is disabled by the application\0" |
543 | "non-hex character in \\x{} (closing brace missing?)\0" |
544 | /* 80 */ |
545 | "non-octal character in \\o{} (closing brace missing?)\0" |
546 | "missing opening brace after \\o\0" |
547 | "parentheses are too deeply nested\0" |
548 | "invalid range in character class\0" |
549 | "group name must start with a non-digit\0" |
550 | /* 85 */ |
551 | "parentheses are too deeply nested (stack check)\0" |
552 | "digits missing in \\x{} or \\o{}\0" |
553 | ; |
554 | |
555 | /* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling |
556 | patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and |
557 | may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects |
558 | to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have |
559 | a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing |
560 | character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some |
561 | applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match |
562 | efficiently. |
563 | |
564 | For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables: |
565 | |
566 | 0x04 decimal digit |
567 | 0x08 hexadecimal digit |
568 | |
569 | Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */ |
570 | |
571 | /* Using a simple comparison for decimal numbers rather than a memory read |
572 | is much faster, and the resulting code is simpler (the compiler turns it |
573 | into a subtraction and unsigned comparison). */ |
574 | |
575 | #define IS_DIGIT(x) ((x) >= CHAR_0 && (x) <= CHAR_9) |
576 | |
577 | #ifndef EBCDIC |
578 | |
579 | /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in |
580 | UTF-8 mode. */ |
581 | |
582 | static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = |
583 | { |
584 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ |
585 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
586 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ |
587 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
588 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */ |
589 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */ |
590 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */ |
591 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */ |
592 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */ |
593 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */ |
594 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */ |
595 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */ |
596 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */ |
597 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */ |
598 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */ |
599 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */ |
600 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */ |
601 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */ |
602 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */ |
603 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */ |
604 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */ |
605 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */ |
606 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */ |
607 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
608 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */ |
609 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */ |
610 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */ |
611 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */ |
612 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */ |
613 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */ |
614 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */ |
615 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */ |
616 | |
617 | #else |
618 | |
619 | /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */ |
620 | |
621 | static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = |
622 | { |
623 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */ |
624 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
625 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */ |
626 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
627 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */ |
628 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ |
629 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */ |
630 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ |
631 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */ |
632 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */ |
633 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */ |
634 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ |
635 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */ |
636 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */ |
637 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */ |
638 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ |
639 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */ |
640 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ |
641 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */ |
642 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ |
643 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */ |
644 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ |
645 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */ |
646 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
647 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */ |
648 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ |
649 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */ |
650 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ |
651 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */ |
652 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ |
653 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */ |
654 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ |
655 | |
656 | static const pcre_uint8 ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */ |
657 | 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ |
658 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
659 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ |
660 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
661 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */ |
662 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ |
663 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */ |
664 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ |
665 | 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */ |
666 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */ |
667 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */ |
668 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ |
669 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */ |
670 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */ |
671 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */ |
672 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ |
673 | 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */ |
674 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ |
675 | 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */ |
676 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ |
677 | 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */ |
678 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ |
679 | 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */ |
680 | 0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
681 | 0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */ |
682 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ |
683 | 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */ |
684 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ |
685 | 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */ |
686 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ |
687 | 0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */ |
688 | 0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ |
689 | #endif |
690 | |
691 | |
692 | /* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible |
693 | between adjacent character-type opcodes. The left-hand (repeated) opcode is |
694 | used to select the row, and the right-hand opcode is use to select the column. |
695 | A value of 1 means that auto-possessification is OK. For example, the second |
696 | value in the first row means that \D+\d can be turned into \D++\d. |
697 | |
698 | The Unicode property types (\P and \p) have to be present to fill out the table |
699 | because of what their opcode values are, but the table values should always be |
700 | zero because property types are handled separately in the code. The last four |
701 | columns apply to items that cannot be repeated, so there is no need to have |
702 | rows for them. Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is |
703 | *not* set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */ |
704 | |
705 | #define APTROWS (LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1) |
706 | #define APTCOLS (LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1) |
707 | |
708 | static const pcre_uint8 autoposstab[APTROWS][APTCOLS] = { |
709 | /* \D \d \S \s \W \w . .+ \C \P \p \R \H \h \V \v \X \Z \z $ $M */ |
710 | { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \D */ |
711 | { 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \d */ |
712 | { 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \S */ |
713 | { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \s */ |
714 | { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \W */ |
715 | { 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \w */ |
716 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* . */ |
717 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* .+ */ |
718 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \C */ |
719 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \P */ |
720 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \p */ |
721 | { 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \R */ |
722 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \H */ |
723 | { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \h */ |
724 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \V */ |
725 | { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \v */ |
726 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 } /* \X */ |
727 | }; |
728 | |
729 | |
730 | /* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible |
731 | between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP). The |
732 | left-hand (repeated) opcode is used to select the row, and the right-hand |
733 | opcode is used to select the column. The values are as follows: |
734 | |
735 | 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify) |
736 | 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP) |
737 | 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular) |
738 | 3 TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same (PROP vs NOTPROP) |
739 | |
740 | 4 Check left general category vs right particular category |
741 | 5 Check right general category vs left particular category |
742 | |
743 | 6 Left alphanum vs right general category |
744 | 7 Left space vs right general category |
745 | 8 Left word vs right general category |
746 | |
747 | 9 Right alphanum vs left general category |
748 | 10 Right space vs left general category |
749 | 11 Right word vs left general category |
750 | |
751 | 12 Left alphanum vs right particular category |
752 | 13 Left space vs right particular category |
753 | 14 Left word vs right particular category |
754 | |
755 | 15 Right alphanum vs left particular category |
756 | 16 Right space vs left particular category |
757 | 17 Right word vs left particular category |
758 | */ |
759 | |
760 | static const pcre_uint8 propposstab[PT_TABSIZE][PT_TABSIZE] = { |
761 | /* ANY LAMP GC PC SC ALNUM SPACE PXSPACE WORD CLIST UCNC */ |
762 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ANY */ |
763 | { 0, 3, 0, 0, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_LAMP */ |
764 | { 0, 0, 2, 4, 0, 9, 10, 10, 11, 0, 0 }, /* PT_GC */ |
765 | { 0, 0, 5, 2, 0, 15, 16, 16, 17, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PC */ |
766 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SC */ |
767 | { 0, 3, 6, 12, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ALNUM */ |
768 | { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SPACE */ |
769 | { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PXSPACE */ |
770 | { 0, 0, 8, 14, 0, 0, 1, 1, 3, 0, 0 }, /* PT_WORD */ |
771 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_CLIST */ |
772 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3 } /* PT_UCNC */ |
773 | }; |
774 | |
775 | /* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible |
776 | between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP) when one |
777 | specifies a general category and the other specifies a particular category. The |
778 | row is selected by the general category and the column by the particular |
779 | category. The value is 1 if the particular category is not part of the general |
780 | category. */ |
781 | |
782 | static const pcre_uint8 catposstab[7][30] = { |
783 | /* Cc Cf Cn Co Cs Ll Lm Lo Lt Lu Mc Me Mn Nd Nl No Pc Pd Pe Pf Pi Po Ps Sc Sk Sm So Zl Zp Zs */ |
784 | { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* C */ |
785 | { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* L */ |
786 | { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* M */ |
787 | { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* N */ |
788 | { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* P */ |
789 | { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 }, /* S */ |
790 | { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 } /* Z */ |
791 | }; |
792 | |
793 | /* This table is used when checking ALNUM, (PX)SPACE, SPACE, and WORD against |
794 | a general or particular category. The properties in each row are those |
795 | that apply to the character set in question. Duplication means that a little |
796 | unnecessary work is done when checking, but this keeps things much simpler |
797 | because they can all use the same code. For more details see the comment where |
798 | this table is used. |
799 | |
800 | Note: SPACE and PXSPACE used to be different because Perl excluded VT from |
801 | "space", but from Perl 5.18 it's included, so both categories are treated the |
802 | same here. */ |
803 | |
804 | static const pcre_uint8 posspropstab[3][4] = { |
805 | { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_N, ucp_Nl }, /* ALNUM, 3rd and 4th values redundant */ |
806 | { ucp_Z, ucp_Z, ucp_C, ucp_Cc }, /* SPACE and PXSPACE, 2nd value redundant */ |
807 | { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po } /* WORD */ |
808 | }; |
809 | |
810 | /* This table is used when converting repeating opcodes into possessified |
811 | versions as a result of an explicit possessive quantifier such as ++. A zero |
812 | value means there is no possessified version - in those cases the item in |
813 | question must be wrapped in ONCE brackets. The table is truncated at OP_CALLOUT |
814 | because all relevant opcodes are less than that. */ |
815 | |
816 | static const pcre_uint8 opcode_possessify[] = { |
817 | 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0 - 15 */ |
818 | 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 16 - 31 */ |
819 | |
820 | 0, /* NOTI */ |
821 | OP_POSSTAR, 0, /* STAR, MINSTAR */ |
822 | OP_POSPLUS, 0, /* PLUS, MINPLUS */ |
823 | OP_POSQUERY, 0, /* QUERY, MINQUERY */ |
824 | OP_POSUPTO, 0, /* UPTO, MINUPTO */ |
825 | 0, /* EXACT */ |
826 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ |
827 | |
828 | OP_POSSTARI, 0, /* STARI, MINSTARI */ |
829 | OP_POSPLUSI, 0, /* PLUSI, MINPLUSI */ |
830 | OP_POSQUERYI, 0, /* QUERYI, MINQUERYI */ |
831 | OP_POSUPTOI, 0, /* UPTOI, MINUPTOI */ |
832 | 0, /* EXACTI */ |
833 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */ |
834 | |
835 | OP_NOTPOSSTAR, 0, /* NOTSTAR, NOTMINSTAR */ |
836 | OP_NOTPOSPLUS, 0, /* NOTPLUS, NOTMINPLUS */ |
837 | OP_NOTPOSQUERY, 0, /* NOTQUERY, NOTMINQUERY */ |
838 | OP_NOTPOSUPTO, 0, /* NOTUPTO, NOTMINUPTO */ |
839 | 0, /* NOTEXACT */ |
840 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ |
841 | |
842 | OP_NOTPOSSTARI, 0, /* NOTSTARI, NOTMINSTARI */ |
843 | OP_NOTPOSPLUSI, 0, /* NOTPLUSI, NOTMINPLUSI */ |
844 | OP_NOTPOSQUERYI, 0, /* NOTQUERYI, NOTMINQUERYI */ |
845 | OP_NOTPOSUPTOI, 0, /* NOTUPTOI, NOTMINUPTOI */ |
846 | 0, /* NOTEXACTI */ |
847 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */ |
848 | |
849 | OP_TYPEPOSSTAR, 0, /* TYPESTAR, TYPEMINSTAR */ |
850 | OP_TYPEPOSPLUS, 0, /* TYPEPLUS, TYPEMINPLUS */ |
851 | OP_TYPEPOSQUERY, 0, /* TYPEQUERY, TYPEMINQUERY */ |
852 | OP_TYPEPOSUPTO, 0, /* TYPEUPTO, TYPEMINUPTO */ |
853 | 0, /* TYPEEXACT */ |
854 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* TYPEPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ |
855 | |
856 | OP_CRPOSSTAR, 0, /* CRSTAR, CRMINSTAR */ |
857 | OP_CRPOSPLUS, 0, /* CRPLUS, CRMINPLUS */ |
858 | OP_CRPOSQUERY, 0, /* CRQUERY, CRMINQUERY */ |
859 | OP_CRPOSRANGE, 0, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */ |
860 | 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CRPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,RANGE} */ |
861 | |
862 | 0, 0, 0, /* CLASS, NCLASS, XCLASS */ |
863 | 0, 0, /* REF, REFI */ |
864 | 0, 0, /* DNREF, DNREFI */ |
865 | 0, 0 /* RECURSE, CALLOUT */ |
866 | }; |
867 | |
868 | |
869 | |
870 | /************************************************* |
871 | * Find an error text * |
872 | *************************************************/ |
873 | |
874 | /* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As |
875 | some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets. |
876 | Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue |
877 | because it happens only when there has been a compilation error. |
878 | |
879 | Argument: the error number |
880 | Returns: pointer to the error string |
881 | */ |
882 | |
883 | static const char * |
884 | find_error_text(int n) |
885 | { |
886 | const char *s = error_texts; |
887 | for (; n > 0; n--) |
888 | { |
889 | while (*s++ != CHAR_NULL) {}; |
890 | if (*s == CHAR_NULL) return "Error text not found (please report)"; |
891 | } |
892 | return s; |
893 | } |
894 | |
895 | |
896 | |
897 | /************************************************* |
898 | * Expand the workspace * |
899 | *************************************************/ |
900 | |
901 | /* This function is called during the second compiling phase, if the number of |
902 | forward references fills the existing workspace, which is originally a block on |
903 | the stack. A larger block is obtained from malloc() unless the ultimate limit |
904 | has been reached or the increase will be rather small. |
905 | |
906 | Argument: pointer to the compile data block |
907 | Returns: 0 if all went well, else an error number |
908 | */ |
909 | |
910 | static int |
911 | expand_workspace(compile_data *cd) |
912 | { |
913 | pcre_uchar *newspace; |
914 | int newsize = cd->workspace_size * 2; |
915 | |
916 | if (newsize > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX) newsize = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX; |
917 | if (cd->workspace_size >= COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX || |
918 | newsize - cd->workspace_size < WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
919 | return ERR72; |
920 | |
921 | newspace = (PUBL(malloc))(IN_UCHARS(newsize)); |
922 | if (newspace == NULL) return ERR21; |
923 | memcpy(newspace, cd->start_workspace, cd->workspace_size * sizeof(pcre_uchar)); |
924 | cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)newspace + (cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace); |
925 | if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
926 | (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace); |
927 | cd->start_workspace = newspace; |
928 | cd->workspace_size = newsize; |
929 | return 0; |
930 | } |
931 | |
932 | |
933 | |
934 | /************************************************* |
935 | * Check for counted repeat * |
936 | *************************************************/ |
937 | |
938 | /* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might |
939 | start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not. |
940 | It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd} |
941 | where the ddds are digits. |
942 | |
943 | Arguments: |
944 | p pointer to the first char after '{' |
945 | |
946 | Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
947 | */ |
948 | |
949 | static BOOL |
950 | is_counted_repeat(const pcre_uchar *p) |
951 | { |
952 | if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; |
953 | p++; |
954 | while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; |
955 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; |
956 | |
957 | if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE; |
958 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; |
959 | |
960 | if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; |
961 | p++; |
962 | while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; |
963 | |
964 | return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET); |
965 | } |
966 | |
967 | |
968 | |
969 | /************************************************* |
970 | * Handle escapes * |
971 | *************************************************/ |
972 | |
973 | /* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a |
974 | positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or 0 for a data character which |
975 | will be placed in chptr. A backreference to group n is returned as negative n. |
976 | When UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned in |
977 | chptr. On entry, ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final |
978 | character of the escape sequence. |
979 | |
980 | Arguments: |
981 | ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer |
982 | chptr points to a returned data character |
983 | errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable |
984 | bracount number of previous extracting brackets |
985 | options the options bits |
986 | isclass TRUE if inside a character class |
987 | |
988 | Returns: zero => a data character |
989 | positive => a special escape sequence |
990 | negative => a back reference |
991 | on error, errorcodeptr is set |
992 | */ |
993 | |
994 | static int |
995 | check_escape(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, pcre_uint32 *chptr, int *errorcodeptr, |
996 | int bracount, int options, BOOL isclass) |
997 | { |
998 | /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ |
999 | BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
1000 | const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1; |
1001 | pcre_uint32 c; |
1002 | int escape = 0; |
1003 | int i; |
1004 | |
1005 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr); /* Get character value, increment pointer */ |
1006 | ptr--; /* Set pointer back to the last byte */ |
1007 | |
1008 | /* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */ |
1009 | |
1010 | if (c == CHAR_NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR1; |
1011 | |
1012 | /* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup |
1013 | in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately. |
1014 | Otherwise further processing may be required. */ |
1015 | |
1016 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
1017 | /* Not alphanumeric */ |
1018 | else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {} |
1019 | else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) |
1020 | { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; } |
1021 | |
1022 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
1023 | /* Not alphanumeric */ |
1024 | else if (c < CHAR_a || (!MAX_255(c) || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0)) {} |
1025 | else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; } |
1026 | #endif |
1027 | |
1028 | /* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */ |
1029 | |
1030 | else |
1031 | { |
1032 | const pcre_uchar *oldptr; |
1033 | BOOL braced, negated, overflow; |
1034 | int s; |
1035 | |
1036 | switch (c) |
1037 | { |
1038 | /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit |
1039 | error. */ |
1040 | |
1041 | case CHAR_l: |
1042 | case CHAR_L: |
1043 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
1044 | break; |
1045 | |
1046 | case CHAR_u: |
1047 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
1048 | { |
1049 | /* In JavaScript, \u must be followed by four hexadecimal numbers. |
1050 | Otherwise it is a lowercase u letter. */ |
1051 | if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
1052 | && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
1053 | && MAX_255(ptr[3]) && (digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
1054 | && MAX_255(ptr[4]) && (digitab[ptr[4]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
1055 | { |
1056 | c = 0; |
1057 | for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i) |
1058 | { |
1059 | register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr); |
1060 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
1061 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1062 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1063 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
1064 | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1065 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1066 | #endif |
1067 | } |
1068 | |
1069 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
1070 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) |
1071 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
1072 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) |
1073 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
1074 | if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) |
1075 | #endif |
1076 | { |
1077 | *errorcodeptr = ERR76; |
1078 | } |
1079 | else if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; |
1080 | } |
1081 | } |
1082 | else |
1083 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
1084 | break; |
1085 | |
1086 | case CHAR_U: |
1087 | /* In JavaScript, \U is an uppercase U letter. */ |
1088 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
1089 | break; |
1090 | |
1091 | /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character |
1092 | class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things: |
1093 | |
1094 | (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute |
1095 | backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl |
1096 | 5.10 feature. |
1097 | |
1098 | (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This |
1099 | is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As |
1100 | this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really |
1101 | was \k. |
1102 | |
1103 | (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a |
1104 | number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are |
1105 | (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return |
1106 | the ESC_g code (cf \k). */ |
1107 | |
1108 | case CHAR_g: |
1109 | if (isclass) break; |
1110 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
1111 | { |
1112 | escape = ESC_g; |
1113 | break; |
1114 | } |
1115 | |
1116 | /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */ |
1117 | |
1118 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1119 | { |
1120 | const pcre_uchar *p; |
1121 | for (p = ptr+2; *p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++) |
1122 | if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(*p)) break; |
1123 | if (*p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1124 | { |
1125 | escape = ESC_k; |
1126 | break; |
1127 | } |
1128 | braced = TRUE; |
1129 | ptr++; |
1130 | } |
1131 | else braced = FALSE; |
1132 | |
1133 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) |
1134 | { |
1135 | negated = TRUE; |
1136 | ptr++; |
1137 | } |
1138 | else negated = FALSE; |
1139 | |
1140 | /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ |
1141 | s = 0; |
1142 | overflow = FALSE; |
1143 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
1144 | { |
1145 | if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ |
1146 | { |
1147 | overflow = TRUE; |
1148 | break; |
1149 | } |
1150 | s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0); |
1151 | } |
1152 | if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */ |
1153 | { |
1154 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
1155 | ptr++; |
1156 | *errorcodeptr = ERR61; |
1157 | break; |
1158 | } |
1159 | |
1160 | if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1161 | { |
1162 | *errorcodeptr = ERR57; |
1163 | break; |
1164 | } |
1165 | |
1166 | if (s == 0) |
1167 | { |
1168 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
1169 | break; |
1170 | } |
1171 | |
1172 | if (negated) |
1173 | { |
1174 | if (s > bracount) |
1175 | { |
1176 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
1177 | break; |
1178 | } |
1179 | s = bracount - (s - 1); |
1180 | } |
1181 | |
1182 | escape = -s; |
1183 | break; |
1184 | |
1185 | /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits |
1186 | starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. Perl has changed |
1187 | over the years. Nowadays \g{} for backreferences and \o{} for octal are |
1188 | recommended to avoid the ambiguities in the old syntax. |
1189 | |
1190 | Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the |
1191 | number is less than 8 (used to be 10), or if there are that many previous |
1192 | extracting left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to |
1193 | three octal digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to |
1194 | be octal 123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If |
1195 | the octal value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are |
1196 | taken. \8 and \9 are treated as the literal characters 8 and 9. |
1197 | |
1198 | Inside a character class, \ followed by a digit is always either a literal |
1199 | 8 or 9 or an octal number. */ |
1200 | |
1201 | case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5: |
1202 | case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: |
1203 | |
1204 | if (!isclass) |
1205 | { |
1206 | oldptr = ptr; |
1207 | /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ |
1208 | s = (int)(c -CHAR_0); |
1209 | overflow = FALSE; |
1210 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
1211 | { |
1212 | if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ |
1213 | { |
1214 | overflow = TRUE; |
1215 | break; |
1216 | } |
1217 | s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0); |
1218 | } |
1219 | if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */ |
1220 | { |
1221 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
1222 | ptr++; |
1223 | *errorcodeptr = ERR61; |
1224 | break; |
1225 | } |
1226 | if (s < 8 || s <= bracount) /* Check for back reference */ |
1227 | { |
1228 | escape = -s; |
1229 | break; |
1230 | } |
1231 | ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */ |
1232 | } |
1233 | |
1234 | /* Handle a digit following \ when the number is not a back reference. If |
1235 | the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl used to generate a binary zero byte and |
1236 | then treat the digit as a following literal. At least by Perl 5.18 this |
1237 | changed so as not to insert the binary zero. */ |
1238 | |
1239 | if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8) break; |
1240 | |
1241 | /* Fall through with a digit less than 8 */ |
1242 | |
1243 | /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a |
1244 | larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least |
1245 | significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used |
1246 | to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode and 16-bit mode, |
1247 | but no more than 3 octal digits. */ |
1248 | |
1249 | case CHAR_0: |
1250 | c -= CHAR_0; |
1251 | while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7) |
1252 | c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0; |
1253 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
1254 | if (!utf && c > 0xff) *errorcodeptr = ERR51; |
1255 | #endif |
1256 | break; |
1257 | |
1258 | /* \o is a relatively new Perl feature, supporting a more general way of |
1259 | specifying character codes in octal. The only supported form is \o{ddd}. */ |
1260 | |
1261 | case CHAR_o: |
1262 | if (ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) *errorcodeptr = ERR81; else |
1263 | if (ptr[2] == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) *errorcodeptr = ERR86; else |
1264 | { |
1265 | ptr += 2; |
1266 | c = 0; |
1267 | overflow = FALSE; |
1268 | while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7) |
1269 | { |
1270 | register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++; |
1271 | if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */ |
1272 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 |
1273 | if (c >= 0x20000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
1274 | #endif |
1275 | c = (c << 3) + cc - CHAR_0 ; |
1276 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
1277 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
1278 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
1279 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
1280 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
1281 | if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
1282 | #endif |
1283 | } |
1284 | if (overflow) |
1285 | { |
1286 | while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7) ptr++; |
1287 | *errorcodeptr = ERR34; |
1288 | } |
1289 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1290 | { |
1291 | if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; |
1292 | } |
1293 | else *errorcodeptr = ERR80; |
1294 | } |
1295 | break; |
1296 | |
1297 | /* \x is complicated. In JavaScript, \x must be followed by two hexadecimal |
1298 | numbers. Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */ |
1299 | |
1300 | case CHAR_x: |
1301 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
1302 | { |
1303 | if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
1304 | && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
1305 | { |
1306 | c = 0; |
1307 | for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) |
1308 | { |
1309 | register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr); |
1310 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
1311 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1312 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1313 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
1314 | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1315 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1316 | #endif |
1317 | } |
1318 | } |
1319 | } /* End JavaScript handling */ |
1320 | |
1321 | /* Handle \x in Perl's style. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be |
1322 | greater than 0xff in utf or non-8bit mode, but only if the ddd are hex |
1323 | digits. If not, { used to be treated as a data character. However, Perl |
1324 | seems to read hex digits up to the first non-such, and ignore the rest, so |
1325 | that, for example \x{zz} matches a binary zero. This seems crazy, so PCRE |
1326 | now gives an error. */ |
1327 | |
1328 | else |
1329 | { |
1330 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1331 | { |
1332 | ptr += 2; |
1333 | if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1334 | { |
1335 | *errorcodeptr = ERR86; |
1336 | break; |
1337 | } |
1338 | c = 0; |
1339 | overflow = FALSE; |
1340 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
1341 | { |
1342 | register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++; |
1343 | if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */ |
1344 | |
1345 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 |
1346 | if (c >= 0x10000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
1347 | #endif |
1348 | |
1349 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
1350 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1351 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1352 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
1353 | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1354 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1355 | #endif |
1356 | |
1357 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
1358 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
1359 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
1360 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
1361 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
1362 | if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
1363 | #endif |
1364 | } |
1365 | |
1366 | if (overflow) |
1367 | { |
1368 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) ptr++; |
1369 | *errorcodeptr = ERR34; |
1370 | } |
1371 | |
1372 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1373 | { |
1374 | if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; |
1375 | } |
1376 | |
1377 | /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', give an error. |
1378 | We used just to recognize this construct and fall through to the normal |
1379 | \x handling, but nowadays Perl gives an error, which seems much more |
1380 | sensible, so we do too. */ |
1381 | |
1382 | else *errorcodeptr = ERR79; |
1383 | } /* End of \x{} processing */ |
1384 | |
1385 | /* Read a single-byte hex-defined char (up to two hex digits after \x) */ |
1386 | |
1387 | else |
1388 | { |
1389 | c = 0; |
1390 | while (i++ < 2 && MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
1391 | { |
1392 | pcre_uint32 cc; /* Some compilers don't like */ |
1393 | cc = *(++ptr); /* ++ in initializers */ |
1394 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
1395 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1396 | c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1397 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
1398 | if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
1399 | c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
1400 | #endif |
1401 | } |
1402 | } /* End of \xdd handling */ |
1403 | } /* End of Perl-style \x handling */ |
1404 | break; |
1405 | |
1406 | /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped. |
1407 | An error is given if the byte following \c is not an ASCII character. This |
1408 | coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is |
1409 | ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */ |
1410 | |
1411 | case CHAR_c: |
1412 | c = *(++ptr); |
1413 | if (c == CHAR_NULL) |
1414 | { |
1415 | *errorcodeptr = ERR2; |
1416 | break; |
1417 | } |
1418 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
1419 | if (c > 127) /* Excludes all non-ASCII in either mode */ |
1420 | { |
1421 | *errorcodeptr = ERR68; |
1422 | break; |
1423 | } |
1424 | if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32; |
1425 | c ^= 0x40; |
1426 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
1427 | if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64; |
1428 | c ^= 0xC0; |
1429 | #endif |
1430 | break; |
1431 | |
1432 | /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any |
1433 | other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set; |
1434 | otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit |
1435 | odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may |
1436 | be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */ |
1437 | |
1438 | default: |
1439 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c) |
1440 | { |
1441 | default: |
1442 | *errorcodeptr = ERR3; |
1443 | break; |
1444 | } |
1445 | break; |
1446 | } |
1447 | } |
1448 | |
1449 | /* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not |
1450 | newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support |
1451 | quantification such as \N{2,3}. */ |
1452 | |
1453 | if (escape == ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && |
1454 | !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2)) |
1455 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
1456 | |
1457 | /* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */ |
1458 | |
1459 | if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && escape >= ESC_D && escape <= ESC_w) |
1460 | escape += (ESC_DU - ESC_D); |
1461 | |
1462 | /* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */ |
1463 | |
1464 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1465 | *chptr = c; |
1466 | return escape; |
1467 | } |
1468 | |
1469 | |
1470 | |
1471 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
1472 | /************************************************* |
1473 | * Handle \P and \p * |
1474 | *************************************************/ |
1475 | |
1476 | /* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that |
1477 | PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is |
1478 | pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the |
1479 | escape sequence. |
1480 | |
1481 | Argument: |
1482 | ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer |
1483 | negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE |
1484 | ptypeptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the type value |
1485 | pdataptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the detailed property value |
1486 | errorcodeptr points to the error code variable |
1487 | |
1488 | Returns: TRUE if the type value was found, or FALSE for an invalid type |
1489 | */ |
1490 | |
1491 | static BOOL |
1492 | get_ucp(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, unsigned int *ptypeptr, |
1493 | unsigned int *pdataptr, int *errorcodeptr) |
1494 | { |
1495 | pcre_uchar c; |
1496 | int i, bot, top; |
1497 | const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
1498 | pcre_uchar name[32]; |
1499 | |
1500 | c = *(++ptr); |
1501 | if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
1502 | |
1503 | *negptr = FALSE; |
1504 | |
1505 | /* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for |
1506 | negation. */ |
1507 | |
1508 | if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1509 | { |
1510 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
1511 | { |
1512 | *negptr = TRUE; |
1513 | ptr++; |
1514 | } |
1515 | for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(name) / sizeof(pcre_uchar)) - 1; i++) |
1516 | { |
1517 | c = *(++ptr); |
1518 | if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
1519 | if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break; |
1520 | name[i] = c; |
1521 | } |
1522 | if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
1523 | name[i] = 0; |
1524 | } |
1525 | |
1526 | /* Otherwise there is just one following character */ |
1527 | |
1528 | else |
1529 | { |
1530 | name[0] = c; |
1531 | name[1] = 0; |
1532 | } |
1533 | |
1534 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1535 | |
1536 | /* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */ |
1537 | |
1538 | bot = 0; |
1539 | top = PRIV(utt_size); |
1540 | |
1541 | while (bot < top) |
1542 | { |
1543 | int r; |
1544 | i = (bot + top) >> 1; |
1545 | r = STRCMP_UC_C8(name, PRIV(utt_names) + PRIV(utt)[i].name_offset); |
1546 | if (r == 0) |
1547 | { |
1548 | *ptypeptr = PRIV(utt)[i].type; |
1549 | *pdataptr = PRIV(utt)[i].value; |
1550 | return TRUE; |
1551 | } |
1552 | if (r > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i; |
1553 | } |
1554 | |
1555 | *errorcodeptr = ERR47; |
1556 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1557 | return FALSE; |
1558 | |
1559 | ERROR_RETURN: |
1560 | *errorcodeptr = ERR46; |
1561 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
1562 | return FALSE; |
1563 | } |
1564 | #endif |
1565 | |
1566 | |
1567 | |
1568 | /************************************************* |
1569 | * Read repeat counts * |
1570 | *************************************************/ |
1571 | |
1572 | /* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only |
1573 | after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists, |
1574 | so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values. |
1575 | |
1576 | Arguments: |
1577 | p pointer to first char after '{' |
1578 | minp pointer to int for min |
1579 | maxp pointer to int for max |
1580 | returned as -1 if no max |
1581 | errorcodeptr points to error code variable |
1582 | |
1583 | Returns: pointer to '}' on success; |
1584 | current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero |
1585 | */ |
1586 | |
1587 | static const pcre_uchar * |
1588 | read_repeat_counts(const pcre_uchar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr) |
1589 | { |
1590 | int min = 0; |
1591 | int max = -1; |
1592 | |
1593 | while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) |
1594 | { |
1595 | min = min * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0); |
1596 | if (min > 65535) |
1597 | { |
1598 | *errorcodeptr = ERR5; |
1599 | return p; |
1600 | } |
1601 | } |
1602 | |
1603 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else |
1604 | { |
1605 | if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
1606 | { |
1607 | max = 0; |
1608 | while(IS_DIGIT(*p)) |
1609 | { |
1610 | max = max * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0); |
1611 | if (max > 65535) |
1612 | { |
1613 | *errorcodeptr = ERR5; |
1614 | return p; |
1615 | } |
1616 | } |
1617 | if (max < min) |
1618 | { |
1619 | *errorcodeptr = ERR4; |
1620 | return p; |
1621 | } |
1622 | } |
1623 | } |
1624 | |
1625 | *minp = min; |
1626 | *maxp = max; |
1627 | return p; |
1628 | } |
1629 | |
1630 | |
1631 | |
1632 | /************************************************* |
1633 | * Find first significant op code * |
1634 | *************************************************/ |
1635 | |
1636 | /* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking |
1637 | for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things |
1638 | that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative |
1639 | forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it |
1640 | does not. |
1641 | |
1642 | Arguments: |
1643 | code pointer to the start of the group |
1644 | skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped |
1645 | |
1646 | Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode |
1647 | */ |
1648 | |
1649 | static const pcre_uchar* |
1650 | first_significant_code(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL skipassert) |
1651 | { |
1652 | for (;;) |
1653 | { |
1654 | switch ((int)*code) |
1655 | { |
1656 | case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
1657 | case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
1658 | case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
1659 | if (!skipassert) return code; |
1660 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
1661 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; |
1662 | break; |
1663 | |
1664 | case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1665 | case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1666 | if (!skipassert) return code; |
1667 | /* Fall through */ |
1668 | |
1669 | case OP_CALLOUT: |
1670 | case OP_CREF: |
1671 | case OP_DNCREF: |
1672 | case OP_RREF: |
1673 | case OP_DNRREF: |
1674 | case OP_DEF: |
1675 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; |
1676 | break; |
1677 | |
1678 | default: |
1679 | return code; |
1680 | } |
1681 | } |
1682 | /* Control never reaches here */ |
1683 | } |
1684 | |
1685 | |
1686 | |
1687 | /************************************************* |
1688 | * Find the fixed length of a branch * |
1689 | *************************************************/ |
1690 | |
1691 | /* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it, |
1692 | if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions. |
1693 | In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is |
1694 | temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called. |
1695 | |
1696 | This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it |
1697 | fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern. |
1698 | However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls, |
1699 | because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case |
1700 | and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in. |
1701 | |
1702 | Arguments: |
1703 | code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket) |
1704 | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
1705 | atend TRUE if called when the pattern is complete |
1706 | cd the "compile data" structure |
1707 | recurses chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion |
1708 | |
1709 | Returns: the fixed length, |
1710 | or -1 if there is no fixed length, |
1711 | or -2 if \C was encountered (in UTF-8 mode only) |
1712 | or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE |
1713 | or -4 if an unknown opcode was encountered (internal error) |
1714 | */ |
1715 | |
1716 | static int |
1717 | find_fixedlength(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd, |
1718 | recurse_check *recurses) |
1719 | { |
1720 | int length = -1; |
1721 | recurse_check this_recurse; |
1722 | register int branchlength = 0; |
1723 | register pcre_uchar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1724 | |
1725 | /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the |
1726 | branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */ |
1727 | |
1728 | for (;;) |
1729 | { |
1730 | int d; |
1731 | pcre_uchar *ce, *cs; |
1732 | register pcre_uchar op = *cc; |
1733 | |
1734 | switch (op) |
1735 | { |
1736 | /* We only need to continue for OP_CBRA (normal capturing bracket) and |
1737 | OP_BRA (normal non-capturing bracket) because the other variants of these |
1738 | opcodes are all concerned with unlimited repeated groups, which of course |
1739 | are not of fixed length. */ |
1740 | |
1741 | case OP_CBRA: |
1742 | case OP_BRA: |
1743 | case OP_ONCE: |
1744 | case OP_ONCE_NC: |
1745 | case OP_COND: |
1746 | d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? IMM2_SIZE : 0), utf, atend, cd, |
1747 | recurses); |
1748 | if (d < 0) return d; |
1749 | branchlength += d; |
1750 | do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); |
1751 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1752 | break; |
1753 | |
1754 | /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call. |
1755 | If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. An ACCEPT is effectively |
1756 | an ALT. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by |
1757 | the same code. Note that we must not include the OP_KETRxxx opcodes here, |
1758 | because they all imply an unlimited repeat. */ |
1759 | |
1760 | case OP_ALT: |
1761 | case OP_KET: |
1762 | case OP_END: |
1763 | case OP_ACCEPT: |
1764 | case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: |
1765 | if (length < 0) length = branchlength; |
1766 | else if (length != branchlength) return -1; |
1767 | if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length; |
1768 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1769 | branchlength = 0; |
1770 | break; |
1771 | |
1772 | /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may |
1773 | be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with |
1774 | it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */ |
1775 | |
1776 | case OP_RECURSE: |
1777 | if (!atend) return -3; |
1778 | cs = ce = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1); /* Start subpattern */ |
1779 | do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); /* End subpattern */ |
1780 | if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1; /* Recursion */ |
1781 | else /* Check for mutual recursion */ |
1782 | { |
1783 | recurse_check *r = recurses; |
1784 | for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev) if (r->group == cs) break; |
1785 | if (r != NULL) return -1; /* Mutual recursion */ |
1786 | } |
1787 | this_recurse.prev = recurses; |
1788 | this_recurse.group = cs; |
1789 | d = find_fixedlength(cs + IMM2_SIZE, utf, atend, cd, &this_recurse); |
1790 | if (d < 0) return d; |
1791 | branchlength += d; |
1792 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
1793 | break; |
1794 | |
1795 | /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */ |
1796 | |
1797 | case OP_ASSERT: |
1798 | case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
1799 | case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
1800 | case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
1801 | do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); |
1802 | cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
1803 | break; |
1804 | |
1805 | /* Skip over things that don't match chars */ |
1806 | |
1807 | case OP_MARK: |
1808 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
1809 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
1810 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
1811 | cc += cc[1] + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
1812 | break; |
1813 | |
1814 | case OP_CALLOUT: |
1815 | case OP_CIRC: |
1816 | case OP_CIRCM: |
1817 | case OP_CLOSE: |
1818 | case OP_COMMIT: |
1819 | case OP_CREF: |
1820 | case OP_DEF: |
1821 | case OP_DNCREF: |
1822 | case OP_DNRREF: |
1823 | case OP_DOLL: |
1824 | case OP_DOLLM: |
1825 | case OP_EOD: |
1826 | case OP_EODN: |
1827 | case OP_FAIL: |
1828 | case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1829 | case OP_PRUNE: |
1830 | case OP_REVERSE: |
1831 | case OP_RREF: |
1832 | case OP_SET_SOM: |
1833 | case OP_SKIP: |
1834 | case OP_SOD: |
1835 | case OP_SOM: |
1836 | case OP_THEN: |
1837 | case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
1838 | cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
1839 | break; |
1840 | |
1841 | /* Handle literal characters */ |
1842 | |
1843 | case OP_CHAR: |
1844 | case OP_CHARI: |
1845 | case OP_NOT: |
1846 | case OP_NOTI: |
1847 | branchlength++; |
1848 | cc += 2; |
1849 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
1850 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); |
1851 | #endif |
1852 | break; |
1853 | |
1854 | /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we |
1855 | need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */ |
1856 | |
1857 | case OP_EXACT: |
1858 | case OP_EXACTI: |
1859 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
1860 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
1861 | branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1); |
1862 | cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE; |
1863 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
1864 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); |
1865 | #endif |
1866 | break; |
1867 | |
1868 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
1869 | branchlength += GET2(cc,1); |
1870 | if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
1871 | cc += 2; |
1872 | cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1; |
1873 | break; |
1874 | |
1875 | /* Handle single-char matchers */ |
1876 | |
1877 | case OP_PROP: |
1878 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
1879 | cc += 2; |
1880 | /* Fall through */ |
1881 | |
1882 | case OP_HSPACE: |
1883 | case OP_VSPACE: |
1884 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
1885 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
1886 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
1887 | case OP_DIGIT: |
1888 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
1889 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
1890 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
1891 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
1892 | case OP_ANY: |
1893 | case OP_ALLANY: |
1894 | branchlength++; |
1895 | cc++; |
1896 | break; |
1897 | |
1898 | /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed. This only happens in UTF-8 mode; |
1899 | otherwise \C is coded as OP_ALLANY. */ |
1900 | |
1901 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
1902 | return -2; |
1903 | |
1904 | /* Check a class for variable quantification */ |
1905 | |
1906 | case OP_CLASS: |
1907 | case OP_NCLASS: |
1908 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
1909 | case OP_XCLASS: |
1910 | /* The original code caused an unsigned overflow in 64 bit systems, |
1911 | so now we use a conditional statement. */ |
1912 | if (op == OP_XCLASS) |
1913 | cc += GET(cc, 1); |
1914 | else |
1915 | cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
1916 | #else |
1917 | cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
1918 | #endif |
1919 | |
1920 | switch (*cc) |
1921 | { |
1922 | case OP_CRSTAR: |
1923 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
1924 | case OP_CRPLUS: |
1925 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
1926 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
1927 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
1928 | case OP_CRPOSSTAR: |
1929 | case OP_CRPOSPLUS: |
1930 | case OP_CRPOSQUERY: |
1931 | return -1; |
1932 | |
1933 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
1934 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
1935 | case OP_CRPOSRANGE: |
1936 | if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,1+IMM2_SIZE)) return -1; |
1937 | branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1); |
1938 | cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; |
1939 | break; |
1940 | |
1941 | default: |
1942 | branchlength++; |
1943 | } |
1944 | break; |
1945 | |
1946 | /* Anything else is variable length */ |
1947 | |
1948 | case OP_ANYNL: |
1949 | case OP_BRAMINZERO: |
1950 | case OP_BRAPOS: |
1951 | case OP_BRAPOSZERO: |
1952 | case OP_BRAZERO: |
1953 | case OP_CBRAPOS: |
1954 | case OP_EXTUNI: |
1955 | case OP_KETRMAX: |
1956 | case OP_KETRMIN: |
1957 | case OP_KETRPOS: |
1958 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
1959 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
1960 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
1961 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
1962 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
1963 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
1964 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
1965 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
1966 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
1967 | case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
1968 | case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
1969 | case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
1970 | case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
1971 | case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
1972 | case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
1973 | case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
1974 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
1975 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
1976 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
1977 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
1978 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
1979 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
1980 | case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
1981 | case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
1982 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
1983 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
1984 | case OP_NOTQUERY: |
1985 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
1986 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
1987 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
1988 | case OP_NOTUPTO: |
1989 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
1990 | case OP_PLUS: |
1991 | case OP_PLUSI: |
1992 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
1993 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
1994 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
1995 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
1996 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
1997 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
1998 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
1999 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
2000 | case OP_QUERY: |
2001 | case OP_QUERYI: |
2002 | case OP_REF: |
2003 | case OP_REFI: |
2004 | case OP_DNREF: |
2005 | case OP_DNREFI: |
2006 | case OP_SBRA: |
2007 | case OP_SBRAPOS: |
2008 | case OP_SCBRA: |
2009 | case OP_SCBRAPOS: |
2010 | case OP_SCOND: |
2011 | case OP_SKIPZERO: |
2012 | case OP_STAR: |
2013 | case OP_STARI: |
2014 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
2015 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
2016 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
2017 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
2018 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
2019 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
2020 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
2021 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
2022 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
2023 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
2024 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
2025 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
2026 | case OP_UPTO: |
2027 | case OP_UPTOI: |
2028 | return -1; |
2029 | |
2030 | /* Catch unrecognized opcodes so that when new ones are added they |
2031 | are not forgotten, as has happened in the past. */ |
2032 | |
2033 | default: |
2034 | return -4; |
2035 | } |
2036 | } |
2037 | /* Control never gets here */ |
2038 | } |
2039 | |
2040 | |
2041 | |
2042 | /************************************************* |
2043 | * Scan compiled regex for specific bracket * |
2044 | *************************************************/ |
2045 | |
2046 | /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a |
2047 | capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an |
2048 | instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense |
2049 | so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching |
2050 | length. |
2051 | |
2052 | Arguments: |
2053 | code points to start of expression |
2054 | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
2055 | number the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind |
2056 | |
2057 | Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found |
2058 | */ |
2059 | |
2060 | const pcre_uchar * |
2061 | PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, int number) |
2062 | { |
2063 | for (;;) |
2064 | { |
2065 | register pcre_uchar c = *code; |
2066 | |
2067 | if (c == OP_END) return NULL; |
2068 | |
2069 | /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit |
2070 | map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in |
2071 | the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ |
2072 | |
2073 | if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); |
2074 | |
2075 | /* Handle recursion */ |
2076 | |
2077 | else if (c == OP_REVERSE) |
2078 | { |
2079 | if (number < 0) return (pcre_uchar *)code; |
2080 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
2081 | } |
2082 | |
2083 | /* Handle capturing bracket */ |
2084 | |
2085 | else if (c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_SCBRA || |
2086 | c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
2087 | { |
2088 | int n = (int)GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
2089 | if (n == number) return (pcre_uchar *)code; |
2090 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
2091 | } |
2092 | |
2093 | /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for |
2094 | repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra |
2095 | two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we |
2096 | must add in its length. */ |
2097 | |
2098 | else |
2099 | { |
2100 | switch(c) |
2101 | { |
2102 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
2103 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
2104 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
2105 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
2106 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
2107 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
2108 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
2109 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
2110 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
2111 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2112 | break; |
2113 | |
2114 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
2115 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
2116 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
2117 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
2118 | if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
2119 | code += 2; |
2120 | break; |
2121 | |
2122 | case OP_MARK: |
2123 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
2124 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
2125 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
2126 | code += code[1]; |
2127 | break; |
2128 | } |
2129 | |
2130 | /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
2131 | |
2132 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
2133 | |
2134 | /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by |
2135 | a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to |
2136 | arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
2137 | |
2138 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
2139 | if (utf) switch(c) |
2140 | { |
2141 | case OP_CHAR: |
2142 | case OP_CHARI: |
2143 | case OP_NOT: |
2144 | case OP_NOTI: |
2145 | case OP_EXACT: |
2146 | case OP_EXACTI: |
2147 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
2148 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
2149 | case OP_UPTO: |
2150 | case OP_UPTOI: |
2151 | case OP_NOTUPTO: |
2152 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
2153 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
2154 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
2155 | case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
2156 | case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
2157 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
2158 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
2159 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
2160 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
2161 | case OP_STAR: |
2162 | case OP_STARI: |
2163 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
2164 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
2165 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
2166 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
2167 | case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
2168 | case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
2169 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
2170 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
2171 | case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
2172 | case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
2173 | case OP_PLUS: |
2174 | case OP_PLUSI: |
2175 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
2176 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
2177 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
2178 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
2179 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
2180 | case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
2181 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
2182 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
2183 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
2184 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
2185 | case OP_QUERY: |
2186 | case OP_QUERYI: |
2187 | case OP_NOTQUERY: |
2188 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
2189 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
2190 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
2191 | case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
2192 | case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
2193 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
2194 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
2195 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
2196 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
2197 | if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); |
2198 | break; |
2199 | } |
2200 | #else |
2201 | (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
2202 | #endif |
2203 | } |
2204 | } |
2205 | } |
2206 | |
2207 | |
2208 | |
2209 | /************************************************* |
2210 | * Scan compiled regex for recursion reference * |
2211 | *************************************************/ |
2212 | |
2213 | /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an |
2214 | instance of OP_RECURSE. |
2215 | |
2216 | Arguments: |
2217 | code points to start of expression |
2218 | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
2219 | |
2220 | Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found |
2221 | */ |
2222 | |
2223 | static const pcre_uchar * |
2224 | find_recurse(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf) |
2225 | { |
2226 | for (;;) |
2227 | { |
2228 | register pcre_uchar c = *code; |
2229 | if (c == OP_END) return NULL; |
2230 | if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code; |
2231 | |
2232 | /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit |
2233 | map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in |
2234 | the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ |
2235 | |
2236 | if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); |
2237 | |
2238 | /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for |
2239 | repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra |
2240 | two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we |
2241 | must add in its length. */ |
2242 | |
2243 | else |
2244 | { |
2245 | switch(c) |
2246 | { |
2247 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
2248 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
2249 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
2250 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
2251 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
2252 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
2253 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
2254 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
2255 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
2256 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2257 | break; |
2258 | |
2259 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
2260 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
2261 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
2262 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
2263 | if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
2264 | code += 2; |
2265 | break; |
2266 | |
2267 | case OP_MARK: |
2268 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
2269 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
2270 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
2271 | code += code[1]; |
2272 | break; |
2273 | } |
2274 | |
2275 | /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
2276 | |
2277 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
2278 | |
2279 | /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed |
2280 | by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have |
2281 | to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
2282 | |
2283 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
2284 | if (utf) switch(c) |
2285 | { |
2286 | case OP_CHAR: |
2287 | case OP_CHARI: |
2288 | case OP_NOT: |
2289 | case OP_NOTI: |
2290 | case OP_EXACT: |
2291 | case OP_EXACTI: |
2292 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
2293 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
2294 | case OP_UPTO: |
2295 | case OP_UPTOI: |
2296 | case OP_NOTUPTO: |
2297 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
2298 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
2299 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
2300 | case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
2301 | case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
2302 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
2303 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
2304 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
2305 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
2306 | case OP_STAR: |
2307 | case OP_STARI: |
2308 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
2309 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
2310 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
2311 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
2312 | case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
2313 | case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
2314 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
2315 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
2316 | case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
2317 | case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
2318 | case OP_PLUS: |
2319 | case OP_PLUSI: |
2320 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
2321 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
2322 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
2323 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
2324 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
2325 | case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
2326 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
2327 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
2328 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
2329 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
2330 | case OP_QUERY: |
2331 | case OP_QUERYI: |
2332 | case OP_NOTQUERY: |
2333 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
2334 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
2335 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
2336 | case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
2337 | case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
2338 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
2339 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
2340 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
2341 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
2342 | if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); |
2343 | break; |
2344 | } |
2345 | #else |
2346 | (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
2347 | #endif |
2348 | } |
2349 | } |
2350 | } |
2351 | |
2352 | |
2353 | |
2354 | /************************************************* |
2355 | * Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness * |
2356 | *************************************************/ |
2357 | |
2358 | /* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it |
2359 | can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty() |
2360 | below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a |
2361 | group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over |
2362 | backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we |
2363 | hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner |
2364 | bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned. |
2365 | |
2366 | Arguments: |
2367 | code points to start of search |
2368 | endcode points to where to stop |
2369 | utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
2370 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
2371 | recurses chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion |
2372 | |
2373 | Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty |
2374 | */ |
2375 | |
2376 | static BOOL |
2377 | could_be_empty_branch(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, |
2378 | BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, recurse_check *recurses) |
2379 | { |
2380 | register pcre_uchar c; |
2381 | recurse_check this_recurse; |
2382 | |
2383 | for (code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], TRUE); |
2384 | code < endcode; |
2385 | code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[c], TRUE)) |
2386 | { |
2387 | const pcre_uchar *ccode; |
2388 | |
2389 | c = *code; |
2390 | |
2391 | /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by |
2392 | first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */ |
2393 | |
2394 | if (c == OP_ASSERT) |
2395 | { |
2396 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2397 | c = *code; |
2398 | continue; |
2399 | } |
2400 | |
2401 | /* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which |
2402 | implies a backward reference subroutine call, we can scan it. If it's a |
2403 | forward reference subroutine call, we can't. To detect forward reference |
2404 | we have to scan up the list that is kept in the workspace. This function is |
2405 | called only when doing the real compile, not during the pre-compile that |
2406 | measures the size of the compiled pattern. */ |
2407 | |
2408 | if (c == OP_RECURSE) |
2409 | { |
2410 | const pcre_uchar *scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1); |
2411 | const pcre_uchar *endgroup = scode; |
2412 | BOOL empty_branch; |
2413 | |
2414 | /* Test for forward reference or uncompleted reference. This is disabled |
2415 | when called to scan a completed pattern by setting cd->start_workspace to |
2416 | NULL. */ |
2417 | |
2418 | if (cd->start_workspace != NULL) |
2419 | { |
2420 | const pcre_uchar *tcode; |
2421 | for (tcode = cd->start_workspace; tcode < cd->hwm; tcode += LINK_SIZE) |
2422 | if ((int)GET(tcode, 0) == (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)) return TRUE; |
2423 | if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Unclosed */ |
2424 | } |
2425 | |
2426 | /* If the reference is to a completed group, we need to detect whether this |
2427 | is a recursive call, as otherwise there will be an infinite loop. If it is |
2428 | a recursion, just skip over it. Simple recursions are easily detected. For |
2429 | mutual recursions we keep a chain on the stack. */ |
2430 | |
2431 | do endgroup += GET(endgroup, 1); while (*endgroup == OP_ALT); |
2432 | if (code >= scode && code <= endgroup) continue; /* Simple recursion */ |
2433 | else |
2434 | { |
2435 | recurse_check *r = recurses; |
2436 | for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev) |
2437 | if (r->group == scode) break; |
2438 | if (r != NULL) continue; /* Mutual recursion */ |
2439 | } |
2440 | |
2441 | /* Completed reference; scan the referenced group, remembering it on the |
2442 | stack chain to detect mutual recursions. */ |
2443 | |
2444 | empty_branch = FALSE; |
2445 | this_recurse.prev = recurses; |
2446 | this_recurse.group = scode; |
2447 | |
2448 | do |
2449 | { |
2450 | if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf, cd, &this_recurse)) |
2451 | { |
2452 | empty_branch = TRUE; |
2453 | break; |
2454 | } |
2455 | scode += GET(scode, 1); |
2456 | } |
2457 | while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
2458 | |
2459 | if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ |
2460 | continue; |
2461 | } |
2462 | |
2463 | /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */ |
2464 | |
2465 | if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO || |
2466 | c == OP_BRAPOSZERO) |
2467 | { |
2468 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
2469 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2470 | c = *code; |
2471 | continue; |
2472 | } |
2473 | |
2474 | /* A nested group that is already marked as "could be empty" can just be |
2475 | skipped. */ |
2476 | |
2477 | if (c == OP_SBRA || c == OP_SBRAPOS || |
2478 | c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
2479 | { |
2480 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2481 | c = *code; |
2482 | continue; |
2483 | } |
2484 | |
2485 | /* For other groups, scan the branches. */ |
2486 | |
2487 | if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_BRAPOS || |
2488 | c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS || |
2489 | c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_ONCE_NC || |
2490 | c == OP_COND) |
2491 | { |
2492 | BOOL empty_branch; |
2493 | if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */ |
2494 | |
2495 | /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied, |
2496 | empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty. |
2497 | Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */ |
2498 | |
2499 | if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT) |
2500 | code += GET(code, 1); |
2501 | else |
2502 | { |
2503 | empty_branch = FALSE; |
2504 | do |
2505 | { |
2506 | if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf, cd, |
2507 | recurses)) empty_branch = TRUE; |
2508 | code += GET(code, 1); |
2509 | } |
2510 | while (*code == OP_ALT); |
2511 | if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ |
2512 | } |
2513 | |
2514 | c = *code; |
2515 | continue; |
2516 | } |
2517 | |
2518 | /* Handle the other opcodes */ |
2519 | |
2520 | switch (c) |
2521 | { |
2522 | /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that |
2523 | cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single |
2524 | high-valued characters. The length in PRIV(OP_lengths)[] is zero; the |
2525 | actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code" |
2526 | here. */ |
2527 | |
2528 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
2529 | case OP_XCLASS: |
2530 | ccode = code += GET(code, 1); |
2531 | goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT; |
2532 | #endif |
2533 | |
2534 | case OP_CLASS: |
2535 | case OP_NCLASS: |
2536 | ccode = code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
2537 | |
2538 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
2539 | CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT: |
2540 | #endif |
2541 | |
2542 | switch (*ccode) |
2543 | { |
2544 | case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */ |
2545 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
2546 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
2547 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
2548 | case OP_CRPOSSTAR: |
2549 | case OP_CRPOSQUERY: |
2550 | break; |
2551 | |
2552 | default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */ |
2553 | case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */ |
2554 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
2555 | case OP_CRPOSPLUS: |
2556 | return FALSE; |
2557 | |
2558 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
2559 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
2560 | case OP_CRPOSRANGE: |
2561 | if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */ |
2562 | break; |
2563 | } |
2564 | break; |
2565 | |
2566 | /* Opcodes that must match a character */ |
2567 | |
2568 | case OP_ANY: |
2569 | case OP_ALLANY: |
2570 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
2571 | |
2572 | case OP_PROP: |
2573 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
2574 | case OP_ANYNL: |
2575 | |
2576 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
2577 | case OP_HSPACE: |
2578 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
2579 | case OP_VSPACE: |
2580 | case OP_EXTUNI: |
2581 | |
2582 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
2583 | case OP_DIGIT: |
2584 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
2585 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
2586 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
2587 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
2588 | |
2589 | case OP_CHAR: |
2590 | case OP_CHARI: |
2591 | case OP_NOT: |
2592 | case OP_NOTI: |
2593 | |
2594 | case OP_PLUS: |
2595 | case OP_PLUSI: |
2596 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
2597 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
2598 | |
2599 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
2600 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
2601 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
2602 | case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
2603 | |
2604 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
2605 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
2606 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
2607 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
2608 | |
2609 | case OP_EXACT: |
2610 | case OP_EXACTI: |
2611 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
2612 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
2613 | |
2614 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
2615 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
2616 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
2617 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
2618 | |
2619 | return FALSE; |
2620 | |
2621 | /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to |
2622 | fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */ |
2623 | |
2624 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
2625 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
2626 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
2627 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
2628 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
2629 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
2630 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
2631 | break; |
2632 | |
2633 | /* Same for these */ |
2634 | |
2635 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
2636 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
2637 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
2638 | if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
2639 | code += 2; |
2640 | break; |
2641 | |
2642 | /* End of branch */ |
2643 | |
2644 | case OP_KET: |
2645 | case OP_KETRMAX: |
2646 | case OP_KETRMIN: |
2647 | case OP_KETRPOS: |
2648 | case OP_ALT: |
2649 | return TRUE; |
2650 | |
2651 | /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO, |
2652 | MINUPTO, and POSUPTO and their caseless and negative versions may be |
2653 | followed by a multibyte character. */ |
2654 | |
2655 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
2656 | case OP_STAR: |
2657 | case OP_STARI: |
2658 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
2659 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
2660 | |
2661 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
2662 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
2663 | case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
2664 | case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
2665 | |
2666 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
2667 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
2668 | case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
2669 | case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
2670 | |
2671 | case OP_QUERY: |
2672 | case OP_QUERYI: |
2673 | case OP_NOTQUERY: |
2674 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
2675 | |
2676 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
2677 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
2678 | case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
2679 | case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
2680 | |
2681 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
2682 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
2683 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
2684 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
2685 | |
2686 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1]); |
2687 | break; |
2688 | |
2689 | case OP_UPTO: |
2690 | case OP_UPTOI: |
2691 | case OP_NOTUPTO: |
2692 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
2693 | |
2694 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
2695 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
2696 | case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
2697 | case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
2698 | |
2699 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
2700 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
2701 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
2702 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
2703 | |
2704 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE]); |
2705 | break; |
2706 | #endif |
2707 | |
2708 | /* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument |
2709 | string. */ |
2710 | |
2711 | case OP_MARK: |
2712 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
2713 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
2714 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
2715 | code += code[1]; |
2716 | break; |
2717 | |
2718 | /* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */ |
2719 | |
2720 | default: |
2721 | break; |
2722 | } |
2723 | } |
2724 | |
2725 | return TRUE; |
2726 | } |
2727 | |
2728 | |
2729 | |
2730 | /************************************************* |
2731 | * Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness * |
2732 | *************************************************/ |
2733 | |
2734 | /* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check |
2735 | the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty |
2736 | string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels, |
2737 | stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion. |
2738 | This function is called only during the real compile, not during the |
2739 | pre-compile. |
2740 | |
2741 | Arguments: |
2742 | code points to start of the recursion |
2743 | endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item) |
2744 | bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts |
2745 | utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
2746 | cd pointers to tables etc |
2747 | |
2748 | Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty |
2749 | */ |
2750 | |
2751 | static BOOL |
2752 | could_be_empty(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, |
2753 | branch_chain *bcptr, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd) |
2754 | { |
2755 | while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code) |
2756 | { |
2757 | if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf, cd, NULL)) |
2758 | return FALSE; |
2759 | bcptr = bcptr->outer; |
2760 | } |
2761 | return TRUE; |
2762 | } |
2763 | |
2764 | |
2765 | |
2766 | /************************************************* |
2767 | * Base opcode of repeated opcodes * |
2768 | *************************************************/ |
2769 | |
2770 | /* Returns the base opcode for repeated single character type opcodes. If the |
2771 | opcode is not a repeated character type, it returns with the original value. |
2772 | |
2773 | Arguments: c opcode |
2774 | Returns: base opcode for the type |
2775 | */ |
2776 | |
2777 | static pcre_uchar |
2778 | get_repeat_base(pcre_uchar c) |
2779 | { |
2780 | return (c > OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)? c : |
2781 | (c >= OP_TYPESTAR)? OP_TYPESTAR : |
2782 | (c >= OP_NOTSTARI)? OP_NOTSTARI : |
2783 | (c >= OP_NOTSTAR)? OP_NOTSTAR : |
2784 | (c >= OP_STARI)? OP_STARI : |
2785 | OP_STAR; |
2786 | } |
2787 | |
2788 | |
2789 | |
2790 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2791 | /************************************************* |
2792 | * Check a character and a property * |
2793 | *************************************************/ |
2794 | |
2795 | /* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item |
2796 | is adjacent to a fixed character. |
2797 | |
2798 | Arguments: |
2799 | c the character |
2800 | ptype the property type |
2801 | pdata the data for the type |
2802 | negated TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^) |
2803 | |
2804 | Returns: TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK |
2805 | */ |
2806 | |
2807 | static BOOL |
2808 | check_char_prop(pcre_uint32 c, unsigned int ptype, unsigned int pdata, |
2809 | BOOL negated) |
2810 | { |
2811 | const pcre_uint32 *p; |
2812 | const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c); |
2813 | |
2814 | switch(ptype) |
2815 | { |
2816 | case PT_LAMP: |
2817 | return (prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || |
2818 | prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || |
2819 | prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated; |
2820 | |
2821 | case PT_GC: |
2822 | return (pdata == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == negated; |
2823 | |
2824 | case PT_PC: |
2825 | return (pdata == prop->chartype) == negated; |
2826 | |
2827 | case PT_SC: |
2828 | return (pdata == prop->script) == negated; |
2829 | |
2830 | /* These are specials */ |
2831 | |
2832 | case PT_ALNUM: |
2833 | return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || |
2834 | PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == negated; |
2835 | |
2836 | /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which |
2837 | means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed |
2838 | at release 8.34. */ |
2839 | |
2840 | case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ |
2841 | case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ |
2842 | switch(c) |
2843 | { |
2844 | HSPACE_CASES: |
2845 | VSPACE_CASES: |
2846 | return negated; |
2847 | |
2848 | default: |
2849 | return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z) == negated; |
2850 | } |
2851 | break; /* Control never reaches here */ |
2852 | |
2853 | case PT_WORD: |
2854 | return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || |
2855 | PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || |
2856 | c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated; |
2857 | |
2858 | case PT_CLIST: |
2859 | p = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop->caseset; |
2860 | for (;;) |
2861 | { |
2862 | if (c < *p) return !negated; |
2863 | if (c == *p++) return negated; |
2864 | } |
2865 | break; /* Control never reaches here */ |
2866 | } |
2867 | |
2868 | return FALSE; |
2869 | } |
2870 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
2871 | |
2872 | |
2873 | |
2874 | /************************************************* |
2875 | * Fill the character property list * |
2876 | *************************************************/ |
2877 | |
2878 | /* Checks whether the code points to an opcode that can take part in auto- |
2879 | possessification, and if so, fills a list with its properties. |
2880 | |
2881 | Arguments: |
2882 | code points to start of expression |
2883 | utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
2884 | fcc points to case-flipping table |
2885 | list points to output list |
2886 | list[0] will be filled with the opcode |
2887 | list[1] will be non-zero if this opcode |
2888 | can match an empty character string |
2889 | list[2..7] depends on the opcode |
2890 | |
2891 | Returns: points to the start of the next opcode if *code is accepted |
2892 | NULL if *code is not accepted |
2893 | */ |
2894 | |
2895 | static const pcre_uchar * |
2896 | get_chr_property_list(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, |
2897 | const pcre_uint8 *fcc, pcre_uint32 *list) |
2898 | { |
2899 | pcre_uchar c = *code; |
2900 | pcre_uchar base; |
2901 | const pcre_uchar *end; |
2902 | pcre_uint32 chr; |
2903 | |
2904 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2905 | pcre_uint32 *clist_dest; |
2906 | const pcre_uint32 *clist_src; |
2907 | #else |
2908 | utf = utf; /* Suppress "unused parameter" compiler warning */ |
2909 | #endif |
2910 | |
2911 | list[0] = c; |
2912 | list[1] = FALSE; |
2913 | code++; |
2914 | |
2915 | if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) |
2916 | { |
2917 | base = get_repeat_base(c); |
2918 | c -= (base - OP_STAR); |
2919 | |
2920 | if (c == OP_UPTO || c == OP_MINUPTO || c == OP_EXACT || c == OP_POSUPTO) |
2921 | code += IMM2_SIZE; |
2922 | |
2923 | list[1] = (c != OP_PLUS && c != OP_MINPLUS && c != OP_EXACT && c != OP_POSPLUS); |
2924 | |
2925 | switch(base) |
2926 | { |
2927 | case OP_STAR: |
2928 | list[0] = OP_CHAR; |
2929 | break; |
2930 | |
2931 | case OP_STARI: |
2932 | list[0] = OP_CHARI; |
2933 | break; |
2934 | |
2935 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
2936 | list[0] = OP_NOT; |
2937 | break; |
2938 | |
2939 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
2940 | list[0] = OP_NOTI; |
2941 | break; |
2942 | |
2943 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
2944 | list[0] = *code; |
2945 | code++; |
2946 | break; |
2947 | } |
2948 | c = list[0]; |
2949 | } |
2950 | |
2951 | switch(c) |
2952 | { |
2953 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
2954 | case OP_DIGIT: |
2955 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
2956 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
2957 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
2958 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
2959 | case OP_ANY: |
2960 | case OP_ALLANY: |
2961 | case OP_ANYNL: |
2962 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
2963 | case OP_HSPACE: |
2964 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
2965 | case OP_VSPACE: |
2966 | case OP_EXTUNI: |
2967 | case OP_EODN: |
2968 | case OP_EOD: |
2969 | case OP_DOLL: |
2970 | case OP_DOLLM: |
2971 | return code; |
2972 | |
2973 | case OP_CHAR: |
2974 | case OP_NOT: |
2975 | GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code); |
2976 | list[2] = chr; |
2977 | list[3] = NOTACHAR; |
2978 | return code; |
2979 | |
2980 | case OP_CHARI: |
2981 | case OP_NOTI: |
2982 | list[0] = (c == OP_CHARI) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT; |
2983 | GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code); |
2984 | list[2] = chr; |
2985 | |
2986 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
2987 | if (chr < 128 || (chr < 256 && !utf)) |
2988 | list[3] = fcc[chr]; |
2989 | else |
2990 | list[3] = UCD_OTHERCASE(chr); |
2991 | #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
2992 | list[3] = (chr < 256) ? fcc[chr] : chr; |
2993 | #else |
2994 | list[3] = fcc[chr]; |
2995 | #endif |
2996 | |
2997 | /* The othercase might be the same value. */ |
2998 | |
2999 | if (chr == list[3]) |
3000 | list[3] = NOTACHAR; |
3001 | else |
3002 | list[4] = NOTACHAR; |
3003 | return code; |
3004 | |
3005 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3006 | case OP_PROP: |
3007 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
3008 | if (code[0] != PT_CLIST) |
3009 | { |
3010 | list[2] = code[0]; |
3011 | list[3] = code[1]; |
3012 | return code + 2; |
3013 | } |
3014 | |
3015 | /* Convert only if we have enough space. */ |
3016 | |
3017 | clist_src = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[1]; |
3018 | clist_dest = list + 2; |
3019 | code += 2; |
3020 | |
3021 | do { |
3022 | if (clist_dest >= list + 8) |
3023 | { |
3024 | /* Early return if there is not enough space. This should never |
3025 | happen, since all clists are shorter than 5 character now. */ |
3026 | list[2] = code[0]; |
3027 | list[3] = code[1]; |
3028 | return code; |
3029 | } |
3030 | *clist_dest++ = *clist_src; |
3031 | } |
3032 | while(*clist_src++ != NOTACHAR); |
3033 | |
3034 | /* All characters are stored. The terminating NOTACHAR |
3035 | is copied form the clist itself. */ |
3036 | |
3037 | list[0] = (c == OP_PROP) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT; |
3038 | return code; |
3039 | #endif |
3040 | |
3041 | case OP_NCLASS: |
3042 | case OP_CLASS: |
3043 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3044 | case OP_XCLASS: |
3045 | if (c == OP_XCLASS) |
3046 | end = code + GET(code, 0) - 1; |
3047 | else |
3048 | #endif |
3049 | end = code + 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
3050 | |
3051 | switch(*end) |
3052 | { |
3053 | case OP_CRSTAR: |
3054 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
3055 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
3056 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
3057 | case OP_CRPOSSTAR: |
3058 | case OP_CRPOSQUERY: |
3059 | list[1] = TRUE; |
3060 | end++; |
3061 | break; |
3062 | |
3063 | case OP_CRPLUS: |
3064 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
3065 | case OP_CRPOSPLUS: |
3066 | end++; |
3067 | break; |
3068 | |
3069 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
3070 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
3071 | case OP_CRPOSRANGE: |
3072 | list[1] = (GET2(end, 1) == 0); |
3073 | end += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; |
3074 | break; |
3075 | } |
3076 | list[2] = (pcre_uint32)(end - code); |
3077 | return end; |
3078 | } |
3079 | return NULL; /* Opcode not accepted */ |
3080 | } |
3081 | |
3082 | |
3083 | |
3084 | /************************************************* |
3085 | * Scan further character sets for match * |
3086 | *************************************************/ |
3087 | |
3088 | /* Checks whether the base and the current opcode have a common character, in |
3089 | which case the base cannot be possessified. |
3090 | |
3091 | Arguments: |
3092 | code points to the byte code |
3093 | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
3094 | cd static compile data |
3095 | base_list the data list of the base opcode |
3096 | |
3097 | Returns: TRUE if the auto-possessification is possible |
3098 | */ |
3099 | |
3100 | static BOOL |
3101 | compare_opcodes(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd, |
3102 | const pcre_uint32 *base_list, const pcre_uchar *base_end, int *rec_limit) |
3103 | { |
3104 | pcre_uchar c; |
3105 | pcre_uint32 list[8]; |
3106 | const pcre_uint32 *chr_ptr; |
3107 | const pcre_uint32 *ochr_ptr; |
3108 | const pcre_uint32 *list_ptr; |
3109 | const pcre_uchar *next_code; |
3110 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3111 | const pcre_uchar *xclass_flags; |
3112 | #endif |
3113 | const pcre_uint8 *class_bitset; |
3114 | const pcre_uint8 *set1, *set2, *set_end; |
3115 | pcre_uint32 chr; |
3116 | BOOL accepted, invert_bits; |
3117 | BOOL entered_a_group = FALSE; |
3118 | |
3119 | if (*rec_limit == 0) return FALSE; |
3120 | --(*rec_limit); |
3121 | |
3122 | /* Note: the base_list[1] contains whether the current opcode has greedy |
3123 | (represented by a non-zero value) quantifier. This is a different from |
3124 | other character type lists, which stores here that the character iterator |
3125 | matches to an empty string (also represented by a non-zero value). */ |
3126 | |
3127 | for(;;) |
3128 | { |
3129 | /* All operations move the code pointer forward. |
3130 | Therefore infinite recursions are not possible. */ |
3131 | |
3132 | c = *code; |
3133 | |
3134 | /* Skip over callouts */ |
3135 | |
3136 | if (c == OP_CALLOUT) |
3137 | { |
3138 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
3139 | continue; |
3140 | } |
3141 | |
3142 | if (c == OP_ALT) |
3143 | { |
3144 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
3145 | c = *code; |
3146 | } |
3147 | |
3148 | switch(c) |
3149 | { |
3150 | case OP_END: |
3151 | case OP_KETRPOS: |
3152 | /* TRUE only in greedy case. The non-greedy case could be replaced by |
3153 | an OP_EXACT, but it is probably not worth it. (And note that OP_EXACT |
3154 | uses more memory, which we cannot get at this stage.) */ |
3155 | |
3156 | return base_list[1] != 0; |
3157 | |
3158 | case OP_KET: |
3159 | /* If the bracket is capturing, and referenced by an OP_RECURSE, or |
3160 | it is an atomic sub-pattern (assert, once, etc.) the non-greedy case |
3161 | cannot be converted to a possessive form. */ |
3162 | |
3163 | if (base_list[1] == 0) return FALSE; |
3164 | |
3165 | switch(*(code - GET(code, 1))) |
3166 | { |
3167 | case OP_ASSERT: |
3168 | case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
3169 | case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
3170 | case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
3171 | case OP_ONCE: |
3172 | case OP_ONCE_NC: |
3173 | /* Atomic sub-patterns and assertions can always auto-possessify their |
3174 | last iterator. However, if the group was entered as a result of checking |
3175 | a previous iterator, this is not possible. */ |
3176 | |
3177 | return !entered_a_group; |
3178 | } |
3179 | |
3180 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
3181 | continue; |
3182 | |
3183 | case OP_ONCE: |
3184 | case OP_ONCE_NC: |
3185 | case OP_BRA: |
3186 | case OP_CBRA: |
3187 | next_code = code + GET(code, 1); |
3188 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
3189 | |
3190 | while (*next_code == OP_ALT) |
3191 | { |
3192 | if (!compare_opcodes(code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end, rec_limit)) |
3193 | return FALSE; |
3194 | code = next_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
3195 | next_code += GET(next_code, 1); |
3196 | } |
3197 | |
3198 | entered_a_group = TRUE; |
3199 | continue; |
3200 | |
3201 | case OP_BRAZERO: |
3202 | case OP_BRAMINZERO: |
3203 | |
3204 | next_code = code + 1; |
3205 | if (*next_code != OP_BRA && *next_code != OP_CBRA |
3206 | && *next_code != OP_ONCE && *next_code != OP_ONCE_NC) return FALSE; |
3207 | |
3208 | do next_code += GET(next_code, 1); while (*next_code == OP_ALT); |
3209 | |
3210 | /* The bracket content will be checked by the |
3211 | OP_BRA/OP_CBRA case above. */ |
3212 | next_code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
3213 | if (!compare_opcodes(next_code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end, rec_limit)) |
3214 | return FALSE; |
3215 | |
3216 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
3217 | continue; |
3218 | |
3219 | default: |
3220 | break; |
3221 | } |
3222 | |
3223 | /* Check for a supported opcode, and load its properties. */ |
3224 | |
3225 | code = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list); |
3226 | if (code == NULL) return FALSE; /* Unsupported */ |
3227 | |
3228 | /* If either opcode is a small character list, set pointers for comparing |
3229 | characters from that list with another list, or with a property. */ |
3230 | |
3231 | if (base_list[0] == OP_CHAR) |
3232 | { |
3233 | chr_ptr = base_list + 2; |
3234 | list_ptr = list; |
3235 | } |
3236 | else if (list[0] == OP_CHAR) |
3237 | { |
3238 | chr_ptr = list + 2; |
3239 | list_ptr = base_list; |
3240 | } |
3241 | |
3242 | /* Character bitsets can also be compared to certain opcodes. */ |
3243 | |
3244 | else if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || list[0] == OP_CLASS |
3245 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3246 | /* In 8 bit, non-UTF mode, OP_CLASS and OP_NCLASS are the same. */ |
3247 | || (!utf && (base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS || list[0] == OP_NCLASS)) |
3248 | #endif |
3249 | ) |
3250 | { |
3251 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3252 | if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || (!utf && base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS)) |
3253 | #else |
3254 | if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS) |
3255 | #endif |
3256 | { |
3257 | set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(base_end - base_list[2]); |
3258 | list_ptr = list; |
3259 | } |
3260 | else |
3261 | { |
3262 | set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(code - list[2]); |
3263 | list_ptr = base_list; |
3264 | } |
3265 | |
3266 | invert_bits = FALSE; |
3267 | switch(list_ptr[0]) |
3268 | { |
3269 | case OP_CLASS: |
3270 | case OP_NCLASS: |
3271 | set2 = (pcre_uint8 *) |
3272 | ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]); |
3273 | break; |
3274 | |
3275 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3276 | case OP_XCLASS: |
3277 | xclass_flags = (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE; |
3278 | if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_HASPROP) != 0) return FALSE; |
3279 | if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_MAP) == 0) |
3280 | { |
3281 | /* No bits are set for characters < 256. */ |
3282 | if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; |
3283 | /* Might be an empty repeat. */ |
3284 | continue; |
3285 | } |
3286 | set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(xclass_flags + 1); |
3287 | break; |
3288 | #endif |
3289 | |
3290 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
3291 | invert_bits = TRUE; |
3292 | /* Fall through */ |
3293 | case OP_DIGIT: |
3294 | set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_digit); |
3295 | break; |
3296 | |
3297 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
3298 | invert_bits = TRUE; |
3299 | /* Fall through */ |
3300 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
3301 | set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_space); |
3302 | break; |
3303 | |
3304 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
3305 | invert_bits = TRUE; |
3306 | /* Fall through */ |
3307 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
3308 | set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_word); |
3309 | break; |
3310 | |
3311 | default: |
3312 | return FALSE; |
3313 | } |
3314 | |
3315 | /* Because the sets are unaligned, we need |
3316 | to perform byte comparison here. */ |
3317 | set_end = set1 + 32; |
3318 | if (invert_bits) |
3319 | { |
3320 | do |
3321 | { |
3322 | if ((*set1++ & ~(*set2++)) != 0) return FALSE; |
3323 | } |
3324 | while (set1 < set_end); |
3325 | } |
3326 | else |
3327 | { |
3328 | do |
3329 | { |
3330 | if ((*set1++ & *set2++) != 0) return FALSE; |
3331 | } |
3332 | while (set1 < set_end); |
3333 | } |
3334 | |
3335 | if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; |
3336 | /* Might be an empty repeat. */ |
3337 | continue; |
3338 | } |
3339 | |
3340 | /* Some property combinations also acceptable. Unicode property opcodes are |
3341 | processed specially; the rest can be handled with a lookup table. */ |
3342 | |
3343 | else |
3344 | { |
3345 | pcre_uint32 leftop, rightop; |
3346 | |
3347 | leftop = base_list[0]; |
3348 | rightop = list[0]; |
3349 | |
3350 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3351 | accepted = FALSE; /* Always set in non-unicode case. */ |
3352 | if (leftop == OP_PROP || leftop == OP_NOTPROP) |
3353 | { |
3354 | if (rightop == OP_EOD) |
3355 | accepted = TRUE; |
3356 | else if (rightop == OP_PROP || rightop == OP_NOTPROP) |
3357 | { |
3358 | int n; |
3359 | const pcre_uint8 *p; |
3360 | BOOL same = leftop == rightop; |
3361 | BOOL lisprop = leftop == OP_PROP; |
3362 | BOOL risprop = rightop == OP_PROP; |
3363 | BOOL bothprop = lisprop && risprop; |
3364 | |
3365 | /* There's a table that specifies how each combination is to be |
3366 | processed: |
3367 | 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify) |
3368 | 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP) |
3369 | 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular) |
3370 | 3 Return TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same |
3371 | ... see comments below |
3372 | */ |
3373 | |
3374 | n = propposstab[base_list[2]][list[2]]; |
3375 | switch(n) |
3376 | { |
3377 | case 0: break; |
3378 | case 1: accepted = bothprop; break; |
3379 | case 2: accepted = (base_list[3] == list[3]) != same; break; |
3380 | case 3: accepted = !same; break; |
3381 | |
3382 | case 4: /* Left general category, right particular category */ |
3383 | accepted = risprop && catposstab[base_list[3]][list[3]] == same; |
3384 | break; |
3385 | |
3386 | case 5: /* Right general category, left particular category */ |
3387 | accepted = lisprop && catposstab[list[3]][base_list[3]] == same; |
3388 | break; |
3389 | |
3390 | /* This code is logically tricky. Think hard before fiddling with it. |
3391 | The posspropstab table has four entries per row. Each row relates to |
3392 | one of PCRE's special properties such as ALNUM or SPACE or WORD. |
3393 | Only WORD actually needs all four entries, but using repeats for the |
3394 | others means they can all use the same code below. |
3395 | |
3396 | The first two entries in each row are Unicode general categories, and |
3397 | apply always, because all the characters they include are part of the |
3398 | PCRE character set. The third and fourth entries are a general and a |
3399 | particular category, respectively, that include one or more relevant |
3400 | characters. One or the other is used, depending on whether the check |
3401 | is for a general or a particular category. However, in both cases the |
3402 | category contains more characters than the specials that are defined |
3403 | for the property being tested against. Therefore, it cannot be used |
3404 | in a NOTPROP case. |
3405 | |
3406 | Example: the row for WORD contains ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po. |
3407 | Underscore is covered by ucp_P or ucp_Po. */ |
3408 | |
3409 | case 6: /* Left alphanum vs right general category */ |
3410 | case 7: /* Left space vs right general category */ |
3411 | case 8: /* Left word vs right general category */ |
3412 | p = posspropstab[n-6]; |
3413 | accepted = risprop && lisprop == |
3414 | (list[3] != p[0] && |
3415 | list[3] != p[1] && |
3416 | (list[3] != p[2] || !lisprop)); |
3417 | break; |
3418 | |
3419 | case 9: /* Right alphanum vs left general category */ |
3420 | case 10: /* Right space vs left general category */ |
3421 | case 11: /* Right word vs left general category */ |
3422 | p = posspropstab[n-9]; |
3423 | accepted = lisprop && risprop == |
3424 | (base_list[3] != p[0] && |
3425 | base_list[3] != p[1] && |
3426 | (base_list[3] != p[2] || !risprop)); |
3427 | break; |
3428 | |
3429 | case 12: /* Left alphanum vs right particular category */ |
3430 | case 13: /* Left space vs right particular category */ |
3431 | case 14: /* Left word vs right particular category */ |
3432 | p = posspropstab[n-12]; |
3433 | accepted = risprop && lisprop == |
3434 | (catposstab[p[0]][list[3]] && |
3435 | catposstab[p[1]][list[3]] && |
3436 | (list[3] != p[3] || !lisprop)); |
3437 | break; |
3438 | |
3439 | case 15: /* Right alphanum vs left particular category */ |
3440 | case 16: /* Right space vs left particular category */ |
3441 | case 17: /* Right word vs left particular category */ |
3442 | p = posspropstab[n-15]; |
3443 | accepted = lisprop && risprop == |
3444 | (catposstab[p[0]][base_list[3]] && |
3445 | catposstab[p[1]][base_list[3]] && |
3446 | (base_list[3] != p[3] || !risprop)); |
3447 | break; |
3448 | } |
3449 | } |
3450 | } |
3451 | |
3452 | else |
3453 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
3454 | |
3455 | accepted = leftop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && leftop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP && |
3456 | rightop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && rightop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP && |
3457 | autoposstab[leftop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP][rightop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP]; |
3458 | |
3459 | if (!accepted) return FALSE; |
3460 | |
3461 | if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; |
3462 | /* Might be an empty repeat. */ |
3463 | continue; |
3464 | } |
3465 | |
3466 | /* Control reaches here only if one of the items is a small character list. |
3467 | All characters are checked against the other side. */ |
3468 | |
3469 | do |
3470 | { |
3471 | chr = *chr_ptr; |
3472 | |
3473 | switch(list_ptr[0]) |
3474 | { |
3475 | case OP_CHAR: |
3476 | ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2; |
3477 | do |
3478 | { |
3479 | if (chr == *ochr_ptr) return FALSE; |
3480 | ochr_ptr++; |
3481 | } |
3482 | while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR); |
3483 | break; |
3484 | |
3485 | case OP_NOT: |
3486 | ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2; |
3487 | do |
3488 | { |
3489 | if (chr == *ochr_ptr) |
3490 | break; |
3491 | ochr_ptr++; |
3492 | } |
3493 | while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR); |
3494 | if (*ochr_ptr == NOTACHAR) return FALSE; /* Not found */ |
3495 | break; |
3496 | |
3497 | /* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* |
3498 | set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */ |
3499 | |
3500 | case OP_DIGIT: |
3501 | if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) != 0) return FALSE; |
3502 | break; |
3503 | |
3504 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
3505 | if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE; |
3506 | break; |
3507 | |
3508 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
3509 | if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) != 0) return FALSE; |
3510 | break; |
3511 | |
3512 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
3513 | if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) == 0) return FALSE; |
3514 | break; |
3515 | |
3516 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
3517 | if (chr < 255 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) != 0) return FALSE; |
3518 | break; |
3519 | |
3520 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
3521 | if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) == 0) return FALSE; |
3522 | break; |
3523 | |
3524 | case OP_HSPACE: |
3525 | switch(chr) |
3526 | { |
3527 | HSPACE_CASES: return FALSE; |
3528 | default: break; |
3529 | } |
3530 | break; |
3531 | |
3532 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
3533 | switch(chr) |
3534 | { |
3535 | HSPACE_CASES: break; |
3536 | default: return FALSE; |
3537 | } |
3538 | break; |
3539 | |
3540 | case OP_ANYNL: |
3541 | case OP_VSPACE: |
3542 | switch(chr) |
3543 | { |
3544 | VSPACE_CASES: return FALSE; |
3545 | default: break; |
3546 | } |
3547 | break; |
3548 | |
3549 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
3550 | switch(chr) |
3551 | { |
3552 | VSPACE_CASES: break; |
3553 | default: return FALSE; |
3554 | } |
3555 | break; |
3556 | |
3557 | case OP_DOLL: |
3558 | case OP_EODN: |
3559 | switch (chr) |
3560 | { |
3561 | case CHAR_CR: |
3562 | case CHAR_LF: |
3563 | case CHAR_VT: |
3564 | case CHAR_FF: |
3565 | case CHAR_NEL: |
3566 | #ifndef EBCDIC |
3567 | case 0x2028: |
3568 | case 0x2029: |
3569 | #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ |
3570 | return FALSE; |
3571 | } |
3572 | break; |
3573 | |
3574 | case OP_EOD: /* Can always possessify before \z */ |
3575 | break; |
3576 | |
3577 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
3578 | case OP_PROP: |
3579 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
3580 | if (!check_char_prop(chr, list_ptr[2], list_ptr[3], |
3581 | list_ptr[0] == OP_NOTPROP)) |
3582 | return FALSE; |
3583 | break; |
3584 | #endif |
3585 | |
3586 | case OP_NCLASS: |
3587 | if (chr > 255) return FALSE; |
3588 | /* Fall through */ |
3589 | |
3590 | case OP_CLASS: |
3591 | if (chr > 255) break; |
3592 | class_bitset = (pcre_uint8 *) |
3593 | ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]); |
3594 | if ((class_bitset[chr >> 3] & (1 << (chr & 7))) != 0) return FALSE; |
3595 | break; |
3596 | |
3597 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3598 | case OP_XCLASS: |
3599 | if (PRIV(xclass)(chr, (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - |
3600 | list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE, utf)) return FALSE; |
3601 | break; |
3602 | #endif |
3603 | |
3604 | default: |
3605 | return FALSE; |
3606 | } |
3607 | |
3608 | chr_ptr++; |
3609 | } |
3610 | while(*chr_ptr != NOTACHAR); |
3611 | |
3612 | /* At least one character must be matched from this opcode. */ |
3613 | |
3614 | if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; |
3615 | } |
3616 | |
3617 | /* Control never reaches here. There used to be a fail-save return FALSE; here, |
3618 | but some compilers complain about an unreachable statement. */ |
3619 | |
3620 | } |
3621 | |
3622 | |
3623 | |
3624 | /************************************************* |
3625 | * Scan compiled regex for auto-possession * |
3626 | *************************************************/ |
3627 | |
3628 | /* Replaces single character iterations with their possessive alternatives |
3629 | if appropriate. This function modifies the compiled opcode! |
3630 | |
3631 | Arguments: |
3632 | code points to start of the byte code |
3633 | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
3634 | cd static compile data |
3635 | |
3636 | Returns: nothing |
3637 | */ |
3638 | |
3639 | static void |
3640 | auto_possessify(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd) |
3641 | { |
3642 | register pcre_uchar c; |
3643 | const pcre_uchar *end; |
3644 | pcre_uchar *repeat_opcode; |
3645 | pcre_uint32 list[8]; |
3646 | int rec_limit; |
3647 | |
3648 | for (;;) |
3649 | { |
3650 | c = *code; |
3651 | |
3652 | /* When a pattern with bad UTF-8 encoding is compiled with NO_UTF_CHECK, |
3653 | it may compile without complaining, but may get into a loop here if the code |
3654 | pointer points to a bad value. This is, of course a documentated possibility, |
3655 | when NO_UTF_CHECK is set, so it isn't a bug, but we can detect this case and |
3656 | just give up on this optimization. */ |
3657 | |
3658 | if (c >= OP_TABLE_LENGTH) return; |
3659 | |
3660 | if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) |
3661 | { |
3662 | c -= get_repeat_base(c) - OP_STAR; |
3663 | end = (c <= OP_MINUPTO) ? |
3664 | get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list) : NULL; |
3665 | list[1] = c == OP_STAR || c == OP_PLUS || c == OP_QUERY || c == OP_UPTO; |
3666 | |
3667 | rec_limit = 1000; |
3668 | if (end != NULL && compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end, &rec_limit)) |
3669 | { |
3670 | switch(c) |
3671 | { |
3672 | case OP_STAR: |
3673 | *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_STAR; |
3674 | break; |
3675 | |
3676 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
3677 | *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_MINSTAR; |
3678 | break; |
3679 | |
3680 | case OP_PLUS: |
3681 | *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_PLUS; |
3682 | break; |
3683 | |
3684 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
3685 | *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_MINPLUS; |
3686 | break; |
3687 | |
3688 | case OP_QUERY: |
3689 | *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_QUERY; |
3690 | break; |
3691 | |
3692 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
3693 | *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_MINQUERY; |
3694 | break; |
3695 | |
3696 | case OP_UPTO: |
3697 | *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_UPTO; |
3698 | break; |
3699 | |
3700 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
3701 | *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_MINUPTO; |
3702 | break; |
3703 | } |
3704 | } |
3705 | c = *code; |
3706 | } |
3707 | else if (c == OP_CLASS || c == OP_NCLASS || c == OP_XCLASS) |
3708 | { |
3709 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3710 | if (c == OP_XCLASS) |
3711 | repeat_opcode = code + GET(code, 1); |
3712 | else |
3713 | #endif |
3714 | repeat_opcode = code + 1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); |
3715 | |
3716 | c = *repeat_opcode; |
3717 | if (c >= OP_CRSTAR && c <= OP_CRMINRANGE) |
3718 | { |
3719 | /* end must not be NULL. */ |
3720 | end = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list); |
3721 | |
3722 | list[1] = (c & 1) == 0; |
3723 | |
3724 | rec_limit = 1000; |
3725 | if (compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end, &rec_limit)) |
3726 | { |
3727 | switch (c) |
3728 | { |
3729 | case OP_CRSTAR: |
3730 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
3731 | *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR; |
3732 | break; |
3733 | |
3734 | case OP_CRPLUS: |
3735 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
3736 | *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS; |
3737 | break; |
3738 | |
3739 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
3740 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
3741 | *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY; |
3742 | break; |
3743 | |
3744 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
3745 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
3746 | *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE; |
3747 | break; |
3748 | } |
3749 | } |
3750 | } |
3751 | c = *code; |
3752 | } |
3753 | |
3754 | switch(c) |
3755 | { |
3756 | case OP_END: |
3757 | return; |
3758 | |
3759 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
3760 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
3761 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
3762 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
3763 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
3764 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
3765 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
3766 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
3767 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
3768 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
3769 | break; |
3770 | |
3771 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
3772 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
3773 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
3774 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
3775 | if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
3776 | code += 2; |
3777 | break; |
3778 | |
3779 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
3780 | case OP_XCLASS: |
3781 | code += GET(code, 1); |
3782 | break; |
3783 | #endif |
3784 | |
3785 | case OP_MARK: |
3786 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
3787 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
3788 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
3789 | code += code[1]; |
3790 | break; |
3791 | } |
3792 | |
3793 | /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
3794 | |
3795 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
3796 | |
3797 | /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by |
3798 | a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to |
3799 | arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
3800 | |
3801 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
3802 | if (utf) switch(c) |
3803 | { |
3804 | case OP_CHAR: |
3805 | case OP_CHARI: |
3806 | case OP_NOT: |
3807 | case OP_NOTI: |
3808 | case OP_STAR: |
3809 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
3810 | case OP_PLUS: |
3811 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
3812 | case OP_QUERY: |
3813 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
3814 | case OP_UPTO: |
3815 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
3816 | case OP_EXACT: |
3817 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
3818 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
3819 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
3820 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
3821 | case OP_STARI: |
3822 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
3823 | case OP_PLUSI: |
3824 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
3825 | case OP_QUERYI: |
3826 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
3827 | case OP_UPTOI: |
3828 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
3829 | case OP_EXACTI: |
3830 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
3831 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
3832 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
3833 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
3834 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
3835 | case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
3836 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
3837 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
3838 | case OP_NOTQUERY: |
3839 | case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
3840 | case OP_NOTUPTO: |
3841 | case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
3842 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
3843 | case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
3844 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
3845 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
3846 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
3847 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
3848 | case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
3849 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
3850 | case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
3851 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
3852 | case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
3853 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
3854 | case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
3855 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
3856 | case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
3857 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
3858 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
3859 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
3860 | if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); |
3861 | break; |
3862 | } |
3863 | #else |
3864 | (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
3865 | #endif |
3866 | } |
3867 | } |
3868 | |
3869 | |
3870 | |
3871 | /************************************************* |
3872 | * Check for POSIX class syntax * |
3873 | *************************************************/ |
3874 | |
3875 | /* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is |
3876 | encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a |
3877 | sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we |
3878 | reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE. |
3879 | |
3880 | Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the |
3881 | terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters, |
3882 | though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an |
3883 | "Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE |
3884 | didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:]. |
3885 | |
3886 | The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We |
3887 | have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX |
3888 | class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code |
3889 | below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape |
3890 | processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:] |
3891 | where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize |
3892 | "l\ower". This is a lesser evil than not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does, |
3893 | I think. |
3894 | |
3895 | A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not. |
3896 | It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent |
3897 | external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or |
3898 | a digit. |
3899 | |
3900 | In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For |
3901 | example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for |
3902 | [:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not |
3903 | seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class |
3904 | names. |
3905 | |
3906 | Arguments: |
3907 | ptr pointer to the initial [ |
3908 | endptr where to return the end pointer |
3909 | |
3910 | Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
3911 | */ |
3912 | |
3913 | static BOOL |
3914 | check_posix_syntax(const pcre_uchar *ptr, const pcre_uchar **endptr) |
3915 | { |
3916 | pcre_uchar terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */ |
3917 | terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */ |
3918 | for (++ptr; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++) |
3919 | { |
3920 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
3921 | ptr++; |
3922 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE; |
3923 | else |
3924 | { |
3925 | if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
3926 | { |
3927 | *endptr = ptr; |
3928 | return TRUE; |
3929 | } |
3930 | if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
3931 | (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
3932 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
3933 | check_posix_syntax(ptr, endptr)) |
3934 | return FALSE; |
3935 | } |
3936 | } |
3937 | return FALSE; |
3938 | } |
3939 | |
3940 | |
3941 | |
3942 | |
3943 | /************************************************* |
3944 | * Check POSIX class name * |
3945 | *************************************************/ |
3946 | |
3947 | /* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry |
3948 | such as [:alnum:]. |
3949 | |
3950 | Arguments: |
3951 | ptr points to the first letter |
3952 | len the length of the name |
3953 | |
3954 | Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown |
3955 | */ |
3956 | |
3957 | static int |
3958 | check_posix_name(const pcre_uchar *ptr, int len) |
3959 | { |
3960 | const char *pn = posix_names; |
3961 | register int yield = 0; |
3962 | while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0) |
3963 | { |
3964 | if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] && |
3965 | STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, pn, (unsigned int)len) == 0) return yield; |
3966 | pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1; |
3967 | yield++; |
3968 | } |
3969 | return -1; |
3970 | } |
3971 | |
3972 | |
3973 | /************************************************* |
3974 | * Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group * |
3975 | *************************************************/ |
3976 | |
3977 | /* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group |
3978 | that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed |
3979 | repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to |
3980 | earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is |
3981 | optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is |
3982 | inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE |
3983 | items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to |
3984 | have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it |
3985 | is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with |
3986 | OP_END. |
3987 | |
3988 | This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for |
3989 | recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references |
3990 | for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in |
3991 | the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the |
3992 | value in the reference (which is a group number). |
3993 | |
3994 | Arguments: |
3995 | group points to the start of the group |
3996 | adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved |
3997 | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
3998 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
3999 | save_hwm_offset the hwm forward reference offset at the start of the group |
4000 | |
4001 | Returns: nothing |
4002 | */ |
4003 | |
4004 | static void |
4005 | adjust_recurse(pcre_uchar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, |
4006 | size_t save_hwm_offset) |
4007 | { |
4008 | pcre_uchar *ptr = group; |
4009 | |
4010 | while ((ptr = (pcre_uchar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf)) != NULL) |
4011 | { |
4012 | int offset; |
4013 | pcre_uchar *hc; |
4014 | |
4015 | /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the |
4016 | reference. */ |
4017 | |
4018 | for (hc = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_hwm_offset; hc < cd->hwm; |
4019 | hc += LINK_SIZE) |
4020 | { |
4021 | offset = (int)GET(hc, 0); |
4022 | if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1) |
4023 | { |
4024 | PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust); |
4025 | break; |
4026 | } |
4027 | } |
4028 | |
4029 | /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this |
4030 | group. */ |
4031 | |
4032 | if (hc >= cd->hwm) |
4033 | { |
4034 | offset = (int)GET(ptr, 1); |
4035 | if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust); |
4036 | } |
4037 | |
4038 | ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
4039 | } |
4040 | } |
4041 | |
4042 | |
4043 | |
4044 | /************************************************* |
4045 | * Insert an automatic callout point * |
4046 | *************************************************/ |
4047 | |
4048 | /* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert |
4049 | callout points before each pattern item. |
4050 | |
4051 | Arguments: |
4052 | code current code pointer |
4053 | ptr current pattern pointer |
4054 | cd pointers to tables etc |
4055 | |
4056 | Returns: new code pointer |
4057 | */ |
4058 | |
4059 | static pcre_uchar * |
4060 | auto_callout(pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) |
4061 | { |
4062 | *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; |
4063 | *code++ = 255; |
4064 | PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern)); /* Pattern offset */ |
4065 | PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ |
4066 | return code + 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
4067 | } |
4068 | |
4069 | |
4070 | |
4071 | /************************************************* |
4072 | * Complete a callout item * |
4073 | *************************************************/ |
4074 | |
4075 | /* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which |
4076 | we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used |
4077 | for both automatic and manual callouts. |
4078 | |
4079 | Arguments: |
4080 | previous_callout points to previous callout item |
4081 | ptr current pattern pointer |
4082 | cd pointers to tables etc |
4083 | |
4084 | Returns: nothing |
4085 | */ |
4086 | |
4087 | static void |
4088 | complete_callout(pcre_uchar *previous_callout, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) |
4089 | { |
4090 | int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2)); |
4091 | PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length); |
4092 | } |
4093 | |
4094 | |
4095 | |
4096 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4097 | /************************************************* |
4098 | * Get othercase range * |
4099 | *************************************************/ |
4100 | |
4101 | /* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode |
4102 | with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for ranges of |
4103 | characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the |
4104 | start address. A character with multiple other cases is returned on its own |
4105 | with a special return value. |
4106 | |
4107 | Arguments: |
4108 | cptr points to starting character value; updated |
4109 | d end value |
4110 | ocptr where to put start of othercase range |
4111 | odptr where to put end of othercase range |
4112 | |
4113 | Yield: -1 when no more |
4114 | 0 when a range is returned |
4115 | >0 the CASESET offset for char with multiple other cases |
4116 | in this case, ocptr contains the original |
4117 | */ |
4118 | |
4119 | static int |
4120 | get_othercase_range(pcre_uint32 *cptr, pcre_uint32 d, pcre_uint32 *ocptr, |
4121 | pcre_uint32 *odptr) |
4122 | { |
4123 | pcre_uint32 c, othercase, next; |
4124 | unsigned int co; |
4125 | |
4126 | /* Find the first character that has an other case. If it has multiple other |
4127 | cases, return its case offset value. */ |
4128 | |
4129 | for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++) |
4130 | { |
4131 | if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) |
4132 | { |
4133 | *ocptr = c++; /* Character that has the set */ |
4134 | *cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */ |
4135 | return (int)co; |
4136 | } |
4137 | if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break; |
4138 | } |
4139 | |
4140 | if (c > d) return -1; /* Reached end of range */ |
4141 | |
4142 | /* Found a character that has a single other case. Search for the end of the |
4143 | range, which is either the end of the input range, or a character that has zero |
4144 | or more than one other cases. */ |
4145 | |
4146 | *ocptr = othercase; |
4147 | next = othercase + 1; |
4148 | |
4149 | for (++c; c <= d; c++) |
4150 | { |
4151 | if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0 || UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break; |
4152 | next++; |
4153 | } |
4154 | |
4155 | *odptr = next - 1; /* End of othercase range */ |
4156 | *cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */ |
4157 | return 0; |
4158 | } |
4159 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
4160 | |
4161 | |
4162 | |
4163 | /************************************************* |
4164 | * Add a character or range to a class * |
4165 | *************************************************/ |
4166 | |
4167 | /* This function packages up the logic of adding a character or range of |
4168 | characters to a class. The character values in the arguments will be within the |
4169 | valid values for the current mode (8-bit, 16-bit, UTF, etc). This function is |
4170 | mutually recursive with the function immediately below. |
4171 | |
4172 | Arguments: |
4173 | classbits the bit map for characters < 256 |
4174 | uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data |
4175 | options the options word |
4176 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
4177 | start start of range character |
4178 | end end of range character |
4179 | |
4180 | Returns: the number of < 256 characters added |
4181 | the pointer to extra data is updated |
4182 | */ |
4183 | |
4184 | static int |
4185 | add_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options, |
4186 | compile_data *cd, pcre_uint32 start, pcre_uint32 end) |
4187 | { |
4188 | pcre_uint32 c; |
4189 | pcre_uint32 classbits_end = (end <= 0xff ? end : 0xff); |
4190 | int n8 = 0; |
4191 | |
4192 | /* If caseless matching is required, scan the range and process alternate |
4193 | cases. In Unicode, there are 8-bit characters that have alternate cases that |
4194 | are greater than 255 and vice-versa. Sometimes we can just extend the original |
4195 | range. */ |
4196 | |
4197 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
4198 | { |
4199 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4200 | if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) |
4201 | { |
4202 | int rc; |
4203 | pcre_uint32 oc, od; |
4204 | |
4205 | options &= ~PCRE_CASELESS; /* Remove for recursive calls */ |
4206 | c = start; |
4207 | |
4208 | while ((rc = get_othercase_range(&c, end, &oc, &od)) >= 0) |
4209 | { |
4210 | /* Handle a single character that has more than one other case. */ |
4211 | |
4212 | if (rc > 0) n8 += add_list_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, |
4213 | PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + rc, oc); |
4214 | |
4215 | /* Do nothing if the other case range is within the original range. */ |
4216 | |
4217 | else if (oc >= start && od <= end) continue; |
4218 | |
4219 | /* Extend the original range if there is overlap, noting that if oc < c, we |
4220 | can't have od > end because a subrange is always shorter than the basic |
4221 | range. Otherwise, use a recursive call to add the additional range. */ |
4222 | |
4223 | else if (oc < start && od >= start - 1) start = oc; /* Extend downwards */ |
4224 | else if (od > end && oc <= end + 1) |
4225 | { |
4226 | end = od; /* Extend upwards */ |
4227 | if (end > classbits_end) classbits_end = (end <= 0xff ? end : 0xff); |
4228 | } |
4229 | else n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, oc, od); |
4230 | } |
4231 | } |
4232 | else |
4233 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
4234 | |
4235 | /* Not UTF-mode, or no UCP */ |
4236 | |
4237 | for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++) |
4238 | { |
4239 | SETBIT(classbits, cd->fcc[c]); |
4240 | n8++; |
4241 | } |
4242 | } |
4243 | |
4244 | /* Now handle the original range. Adjust the final value according to the bit |
4245 | length - this means that the same lists of (e.g.) horizontal spaces can be used |
4246 | in all cases. */ |
4247 | |
4248 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4249 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4250 | if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) == 0) |
4251 | #endif |
4252 | if (end > 0xff) end = 0xff; |
4253 | |
4254 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
4255 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4256 | if ((options & PCRE_UTF16) == 0) |
4257 | #endif |
4258 | if (end > 0xffff) end = 0xffff; |
4259 | |
4260 | #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */ |
4261 | |
4262 | /* Use the bitmap for characters < 256. Otherwise use extra data.*/ |
4263 | |
4264 | for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++) |
4265 | { |
4266 | /* Regardless of start, c will always be <= 255. */ |
4267 | SETBIT(classbits, c); |
4268 | n8++; |
4269 | } |
4270 | |
4271 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4272 | if (start <= 0xff) start = 0xff + 1; |
4273 | |
4274 | if (end >= start) |
4275 | { |
4276 | pcre_uchar *uchardata = *uchardptr; |
4277 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4278 | if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) /* All UTFs use the same flag bit */ |
4279 | { |
4280 | if (start < end) |
4281 | { |
4282 | *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4283 | uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata); |
4284 | uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(end, uchardata); |
4285 | } |
4286 | else if (start == end) |
4287 | { |
4288 | *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4289 | uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata); |
4290 | } |
4291 | } |
4292 | else |
4293 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
4294 | |
4295 | /* Without UTF support, character values are constrained by the bit length, |
4296 | and can only be > 256 for 16-bit and 32-bit libraries. */ |
4297 | |
4298 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4299 | {} |
4300 | #else |
4301 | if (start < end) |
4302 | { |
4303 | *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
4304 | *uchardata++ = start; |
4305 | *uchardata++ = end; |
4306 | } |
4307 | else if (start == end) |
4308 | { |
4309 | *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
4310 | *uchardata++ = start; |
4311 | } |
4312 | #endif |
4313 | |
4314 | *uchardptr = uchardata; /* Updata extra data pointer */ |
4315 | } |
4316 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF || !COMPILE_PCRE8 */ |
4317 | |
4318 | return n8; /* Number of 8-bit characters */ |
4319 | } |
4320 | |
4321 | |
4322 | |
4323 | |
4324 | /************************************************* |
4325 | * Add a list of characters to a class * |
4326 | *************************************************/ |
4327 | |
4328 | /* This function is used for adding a list of case-equivalent characters to a |
4329 | class, and also for adding a list of horizontal or vertical whitespace. If the |
4330 | list is in order (which it should be), ranges of characters are detected and |
4331 | handled appropriately. This function is mutually recursive with the function |
4332 | above. |
4333 | |
4334 | Arguments: |
4335 | classbits the bit map for characters < 256 |
4336 | uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data |
4337 | options the options word |
4338 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
4339 | p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR |
4340 | except character to omit; this is used when adding lists of |
4341 | case-equivalent characters to avoid including the one we |
4342 | already know about |
4343 | |
4344 | Returns: the number of < 256 characters added |
4345 | the pointer to extra data is updated |
4346 | */ |
4347 | |
4348 | static int |
4349 | add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options, |
4350 | compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p, unsigned int except) |
4351 | { |
4352 | int n8 = 0; |
4353 | while (p[0] < NOTACHAR) |
4354 | { |
4355 | int n = 0; |
4356 | if (p[0] != except) |
4357 | { |
4358 | while(p[n+1] == p[0] + n + 1) n++; |
4359 | n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0], p[n]); |
4360 | } |
4361 | p += n + 1; |
4362 | } |
4363 | return n8; |
4364 | } |
4365 | |
4366 | |
4367 | |
4368 | /************************************************* |
4369 | * Add characters not in a list to a class * |
4370 | *************************************************/ |
4371 | |
4372 | /* This function is used for adding the complement of a list of horizontal or |
4373 | vertical whitespace to a class. The list must be in order. |
4374 | |
4375 | Arguments: |
4376 | classbits the bit map for characters < 256 |
4377 | uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data |
4378 | options the options word |
4379 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
4380 | p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR |
4381 | |
4382 | Returns: the number of < 256 characters added |
4383 | the pointer to extra data is updated |
4384 | */ |
4385 | |
4386 | static int |
4387 | add_not_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, |
4388 | int options, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p) |
4389 | { |
4390 | BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
4391 | int n8 = 0; |
4392 | if (p[0] > 0) |
4393 | n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, 0, p[0] - 1); |
4394 | while (p[0] < NOTACHAR) |
4395 | { |
4396 | while (p[1] == p[0] + 1) p++; |
4397 | n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0] + 1, |
4398 | (p[1] == NOTACHAR) ? (utf ? 0x10ffffu : 0xffffffffu) : p[1] - 1); |
4399 | p++; |
4400 | } |
4401 | return n8; |
4402 | } |
4403 | |
4404 | |
4405 | |
4406 | /************************************************* |
4407 | * Compile one branch * |
4408 | *************************************************/ |
4409 | |
4410 | /* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are |
4411 | changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options |
4412 | bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying |
4413 | to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile |
4414 | phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases. |
4415 | |
4416 | Arguments: |
4417 | optionsptr pointer to the option bits |
4418 | codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point |
4419 | ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer |
4420 | errorcodeptr points to error code variable |
4421 | firstcharptr place to put the first required character |
4422 | firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number |
4423 | reqcharptr place to put the last required character |
4424 | reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number |
4425 | bcptr points to current branch chain |
4426 | cond_depth conditional nesting depth |
4427 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
4428 | lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase |
4429 | points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase |
4430 | |
4431 | Returns: TRUE on success |
4432 | FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error |
4433 | */ |
4434 | |
4435 | static BOOL |
4436 | compile_branch(int *optionsptr, pcre_uchar **codeptr, |
4437 | const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, |
4438 | pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr, |
4439 | pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr, |
4440 | branch_chain *bcptr, int cond_depth, |
4441 | compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr) |
4442 | { |
4443 | int repeat_type, op_type; |
4444 | int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */ |
4445 | int bravalue = 0; |
4446 | int greedy_default, greedy_non_default; |
4447 | pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar; |
4448 | pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags; |
4449 | pcre_uint32 zeroreqchar, zerofirstchar; |
4450 | pcre_int32 zeroreqcharflags, zerofirstcharflags; |
4451 | pcre_int32 req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary; |
4452 | int options = *optionsptr; /* May change dynamically */ |
4453 | int after_manual_callout = 0; |
4454 | int length_prevgroup = 0; |
4455 | register pcre_uint32 c; |
4456 | int escape; |
4457 | register pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr; |
4458 | pcre_uchar *last_code = code; |
4459 | pcre_uchar *orig_code = code; |
4460 | pcre_uchar *tempcode; |
4461 | BOOL inescq = FALSE; |
4462 | BOOL groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; |
4463 | const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
4464 | const pcre_uchar *tempptr; |
4465 | const pcre_uchar *nestptr = NULL; |
4466 | pcre_uchar *previous = NULL; |
4467 | pcre_uchar *previous_callout = NULL; |
4468 | size_t save_hwm_offset = 0; |
4469 | pcre_uint8 classbits[32]; |
4470 | |
4471 | /* We can fish out the UTF-8 setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we |
4472 | must not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE_EXTENDED) because they may change |
4473 | dynamically as we process the pattern. */ |
4474 | |
4475 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4476 | /* PCRE_UTF[16|32] have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ |
4477 | BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
4478 | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE32 |
4479 | pcre_uchar utf_chars[6]; |
4480 | #endif |
4481 | #else |
4482 | BOOL utf = FALSE; |
4483 | #endif |
4484 | |
4485 | /* Helper variables for OP_XCLASS opcode (for characters > 255). We define |
4486 | class_uchardata always so that it can be passed to add_to_class() always, |
4487 | though it will not be used in non-UTF 8-bit cases. This avoids having to supply |
4488 | alternative calls for the different cases. */ |
4489 | |
4490 | pcre_uchar *class_uchardata; |
4491 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4492 | BOOL xclass; |
4493 | pcre_uchar *class_uchardata_base; |
4494 | #endif |
4495 | |
4496 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
4497 | if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n")); |
4498 | #endif |
4499 | |
4500 | /* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */ |
4501 | |
4502 | greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); |
4503 | greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; |
4504 | |
4505 | /* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char |
4506 | matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that |
4507 | matches a non-fixed char first char; reqchar just remains unset if we never |
4508 | find one. |
4509 | |
4510 | When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values |
4511 | to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to |
4512 | zerofirstbyte and zeroreqchar when such a repeat is encountered. The individual |
4513 | item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */ |
4514 | |
4515 | firstchar = reqchar = zerofirstchar = zeroreqchar = 0; |
4516 | firstcharflags = reqcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = zeroreqcharflags = REQ_UNSET; |
4517 | |
4518 | /* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value |
4519 | or zero, according to the current setting of the caseless flag. The |
4520 | REQ_CASELESS leaves the lower 28 bit empty. It is added into the |
4521 | firstchar or reqchar variables to record the case status of the |
4522 | value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */ |
4523 | |
4524 | req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0; |
4525 | |
4526 | /* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */ |
4527 | |
4528 | for (;; ptr++) |
4529 | { |
4530 | BOOL negate_class; |
4531 | BOOL should_flip_negation; |
4532 | BOOL possessive_quantifier; |
4533 | BOOL is_quantifier; |
4534 | BOOL is_recurse; |
4535 | BOOL reset_bracount; |
4536 | int class_has_8bitchar; |
4537 | int class_one_char; |
4538 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4539 | BOOL xclass_has_prop; |
4540 | #endif |
4541 | int newoptions; |
4542 | int recno; |
4543 | int refsign; |
4544 | int skipbytes; |
4545 | pcre_uint32 subreqchar, subfirstchar; |
4546 | pcre_int32 subreqcharflags, subfirstcharflags; |
4547 | int terminator; |
4548 | unsigned int mclength; |
4549 | unsigned int tempbracount; |
4550 | pcre_uint32 ec; |
4551 | pcre_uchar mcbuffer[8]; |
4552 | |
4553 | /* Get next character in the pattern */ |
4554 | |
4555 | c = *ptr; |
4556 | |
4557 | /* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level |
4558 | string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */ |
4559 | |
4560 | if (c == CHAR_NULL && nestptr != NULL) |
4561 | { |
4562 | ptr = nestptr; |
4563 | nestptr = NULL; |
4564 | c = *ptr; |
4565 | } |
4566 | |
4567 | /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the |
4568 | previous cycle of this loop. */ |
4569 | |
4570 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
4571 | { |
4572 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
4573 | if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code; /* High water info */ |
4574 | #endif |
4575 | if (code > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
4576 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) /* Check for overrun */ |
4577 | { |
4578 | *errorcodeptr = ERR52; |
4579 | goto FAILED; |
4580 | } |
4581 | |
4582 | /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the |
4583 | case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time, |
4584 | the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to |
4585 | allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point. |
4586 | */ |
4587 | |
4588 | if (code < last_code) code = last_code; |
4589 | |
4590 | /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */ |
4591 | |
4592 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) |
4593 | { |
4594 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
4595 | goto FAILED; |
4596 | } |
4597 | |
4598 | *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); |
4599 | DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c (0x%x)\n", *lengthptr, |
4600 | (int)(code - last_code), c, c)); |
4601 | |
4602 | /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move |
4603 | it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise, |
4604 | if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */ |
4605 | |
4606 | if (previous != NULL) |
4607 | { |
4608 | if (previous > orig_code) |
4609 | { |
4610 | memmove(orig_code, previous, IN_UCHARS(code - previous)); |
4611 | code -= previous - orig_code; |
4612 | previous = orig_code; |
4613 | } |
4614 | } |
4615 | else code = orig_code; |
4616 | |
4617 | /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length |
4618 | next time round. */ |
4619 | |
4620 | last_code = code; |
4621 | } |
4622 | |
4623 | /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward |
4624 | reference list. */ |
4625 | |
4626 | else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
4627 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
4628 | { |
4629 | *errorcodeptr = ERR52; |
4630 | goto FAILED; |
4631 | } |
4632 | |
4633 | /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */ |
4634 | |
4635 | if (inescq && c != CHAR_NULL) |
4636 | { |
4637 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
4638 | { |
4639 | inescq = FALSE; |
4640 | ptr++; |
4641 | continue; |
4642 | } |
4643 | else |
4644 | { |
4645 | if (previous_callout != NULL) |
4646 | { |
4647 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ |
4648 | complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); |
4649 | previous_callout = NULL; |
4650 | } |
4651 | if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0) |
4652 | { |
4653 | previous_callout = code; |
4654 | code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); |
4655 | } |
4656 | goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
4657 | } |
4658 | /* Control does not reach here. */ |
4659 | } |
4660 | |
4661 | /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments. We need a loop in order |
4662 | to check for more white space and more comments after a comment. */ |
4663 | |
4664 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
4665 | { |
4666 | for (;;) |
4667 | { |
4668 | while (MAX_255(c) && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) c = *(++ptr); |
4669 | if (c != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) break; |
4670 | ptr++; |
4671 | while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) |
4672 | { |
4673 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */ |
4674 | { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */ |
4675 | ptr += cd->nllen; |
4676 | break; |
4677 | } |
4678 | ptr++; |
4679 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4680 | if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); |
4681 | #endif |
4682 | } |
4683 | c = *ptr; /* Either NULL or the char after a newline */ |
4684 | } |
4685 | } |
4686 | |
4687 | /* See if the next thing is a quantifier. */ |
4688 | |
4689 | is_quantifier = |
4690 | c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || |
4691 | (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1)); |
4692 | |
4693 | /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is a |
4694 | quantifier or when processing a property substitution string in UCP mode. */ |
4695 | |
4696 | if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL && nestptr == NULL && |
4697 | after_manual_callout-- <= 0) |
4698 | { |
4699 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ |
4700 | complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); |
4701 | previous_callout = NULL; |
4702 | } |
4703 | |
4704 | /* Create auto callout, except for quantifiers, or while processing property |
4705 | strings that are substituted for \w etc in UCP mode. */ |
4706 | |
4707 | if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier && nestptr == NULL) |
4708 | { |
4709 | previous_callout = code; |
4710 | code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); |
4711 | } |
4712 | |
4713 | /* Process the next pattern item. */ |
4714 | |
4715 | switch(c) |
4716 | { |
4717 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
4718 | case CHAR_NULL: /* The branch terminates at string end */ |
4719 | case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* or | or ) */ |
4720 | case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS: |
4721 | *firstcharptr = firstchar; |
4722 | *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags; |
4723 | *reqcharptr = reqchar; |
4724 | *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags; |
4725 | *codeptr = code; |
4726 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
4727 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
4728 | { |
4729 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) |
4730 | { |
4731 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
4732 | goto FAILED; |
4733 | } |
4734 | *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); /* To include callout length */ |
4735 | DPRINTF((">> end branch\n")); |
4736 | } |
4737 | return TRUE; |
4738 | |
4739 | |
4740 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
4741 | /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables |
4742 | the setting of any following char as a first character. */ |
4743 | |
4744 | case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT: |
4745 | previous = NULL; |
4746 | if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0) |
4747 | { |
4748 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) |
4749 | zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
4750 | *code++ = OP_CIRCM; |
4751 | } |
4752 | else *code++ = OP_CIRC; |
4753 | break; |
4754 | |
4755 | case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN: |
4756 | previous = NULL; |
4757 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL; |
4758 | break; |
4759 | |
4760 | /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about |
4761 | repeats. The value of reqchar doesn't change either. */ |
4762 | |
4763 | case CHAR_DOT: |
4764 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
4765 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
4766 | zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
4767 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
4768 | zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
4769 | previous = code; |
4770 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY; |
4771 | break; |
4772 | |
4773 | |
4774 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
4775 | /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a |
4776 | 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case |
4777 | where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the |
4778 | map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode |
4779 | so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly. |
4780 | |
4781 | If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different |
4782 | opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256, |
4783 | but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells |
4784 | whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not. |
4785 | |
4786 | In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In |
4787 | default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */ |
4788 | |
4789 | case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET: |
4790 | if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
4791 | { |
4792 | *errorcodeptr = ERR64; |
4793 | goto FAILED; |
4794 | } |
4795 | goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
4796 | |
4797 | /* In another (POSIX) regex library, the ugly syntax [[:<:]] and [[:>:]] is |
4798 | used for "start of word" and "end of word". As these are otherwise illegal |
4799 | sequences, we don't break anything by recognizing them. They are replaced |
4800 | by \b(?=\w) and \b(?<=\w) respectively. Sequences like [a[:<:]] are |
4801 | erroneous and are handled by the normal code below. */ |
4802 | |
4803 | case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET: |
4804 | if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_STARTWORD, 6) == 0) |
4805 | { |
4806 | nestptr = ptr + 7; |
4807 | ptr = sub_start_of_word - 1; |
4808 | continue; |
4809 | } |
4810 | |
4811 | if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_ENDWORD, 6) == 0) |
4812 | { |
4813 | nestptr = ptr + 7; |
4814 | ptr = sub_end_of_word - 1; |
4815 | continue; |
4816 | } |
4817 | |
4818 | /* Handle a real character class. */ |
4819 | |
4820 | previous = code; |
4821 | |
4822 | /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if |
4823 | they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */ |
4824 | |
4825 | if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
4826 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
4827 | check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
4828 | { |
4829 | *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31; |
4830 | goto FAILED; |
4831 | } |
4832 | |
4833 | /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also, |
4834 | if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we |
4835 | skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */ |
4836 | |
4837 | negate_class = FALSE; |
4838 | for (;;) |
4839 | { |
4840 | c = *(++ptr); |
4841 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
4842 | { |
4843 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
4844 | ptr++; |
4845 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 1, STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0) |
4846 | ptr += 3; |
4847 | else |
4848 | break; |
4849 | } |
4850 | else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
4851 | negate_class = TRUE; |
4852 | else break; |
4853 | } |
4854 | |
4855 | /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise, |
4856 | an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles |
4857 | that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas |
4858 | [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */ |
4859 | |
4860 | if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
4861 | (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
4862 | { |
4863 | *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL; |
4864 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
4865 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
4866 | zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
4867 | break; |
4868 | } |
4869 | |
4870 | /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the |
4871 | negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works |
4872 | correctly (they are all included in the class). */ |
4873 | |
4874 | should_flip_negation = FALSE; |
4875 | |
4876 | /* Extended class (xclass) will be used when characters > 255 |
4877 | might match. */ |
4878 | |
4879 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4880 | xclass = FALSE; |
4881 | class_uchardata = code + LINK_SIZE + 2; /* For XCLASS items */ |
4882 | class_uchardata_base = class_uchardata; /* Save the start */ |
4883 | #endif |
4884 | |
4885 | /* For optimization purposes, we track some properties of the class: |
4886 | class_has_8bitchar will be non-zero if the class contains at least one < |
4887 | 256 character; class_one_char will be 1 if the class contains just one |
4888 | character; xclass_has_prop will be TRUE if unicode property checks |
4889 | are present in the class. */ |
4890 | |
4891 | class_has_8bitchar = 0; |
4892 | class_one_char = 0; |
4893 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4894 | xclass_has_prop = FALSE; |
4895 | #endif |
4896 | |
4897 | /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a |
4898 | temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains fewer than two |
4899 | 8-bit characters because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit |
4900 | map. */ |
4901 | |
4902 | memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); |
4903 | |
4904 | /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it |
4905 | means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the |
4906 | loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */ |
4907 | |
4908 | if (c != CHAR_NULL) do |
4909 | { |
4910 | const pcre_uchar *oldptr; |
4911 | |
4912 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
4913 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c)) |
4914 | { /* Braces are required because the */ |
4915 | GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ |
4916 | } |
4917 | #endif |
4918 | |
4919 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
4920 | /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any extra |
4921 | data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that |
4922 | contain a zillion > 255 characters no longer overwrite the work space |
4923 | (which is on the stack). We have to remember that there was XCLASS data, |
4924 | however. */ |
4925 | |
4926 | if (lengthptr != NULL && class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) |
4927 | { |
4928 | xclass = TRUE; |
4929 | *lengthptr += (int)(class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base); |
4930 | class_uchardata = class_uchardata_base; |
4931 | } |
4932 | #endif |
4933 | |
4934 | /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */ |
4935 | |
4936 | if (inescq) |
4937 | { |
4938 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) /* If we are at \E */ |
4939 | { |
4940 | inescq = FALSE; /* Reset literal state */ |
4941 | ptr++; /* Skip the 'E' */ |
4942 | continue; /* Carry on with next */ |
4943 | } |
4944 | goto CHECK_RANGE; /* Could be range if \E follows */ |
4945 | } |
4946 | |
4947 | /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the |
4948 | form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is |
4949 | treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions |
4950 | [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl |
4951 | 5.6 and 5.8 do. */ |
4952 | |
4953 | if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
4954 | (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
4955 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
4956 | { |
4957 | BOOL local_negate = FALSE; |
4958 | int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt; |
4959 | register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; |
4960 | pcre_uint8 pbits[32]; |
4961 | |
4962 | if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON) |
4963 | { |
4964 | *errorcodeptr = ERR31; |
4965 | goto FAILED; |
4966 | } |
4967 | |
4968 | ptr += 2; |
4969 | if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
4970 | { |
4971 | local_negate = TRUE; |
4972 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; /* Note negative special */ |
4973 | ptr++; |
4974 | } |
4975 | |
4976 | posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr)); |
4977 | if (posix_class < 0) |
4978 | { |
4979 | *errorcodeptr = ERR30; |
4980 | goto FAILED; |
4981 | } |
4982 | |
4983 | /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to |
4984 | alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with |
4985 | alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */ |
4986 | |
4987 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2) |
4988 | posix_class = 0; |
4989 | |
4990 | /* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to |
4991 | different escape sequences that use Unicode properties \p or \P. Others |
4992 | that are not available via \p or \P generate XCL_PROP/XCL_NOTPROP |
4993 | directly. */ |
4994 | |
4995 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
4996 | if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0) |
4997 | { |
4998 | unsigned int ptype = 0; |
4999 | int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0); |
5000 | |
5001 | /* The posix_substitutes table specifies which POSIX classes can be |
5002 | converted to \p or \P items. */ |
5003 | |
5004 | if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL) |
5005 | { |
5006 | nestptr = tempptr + 1; |
5007 | ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1; |
5008 | continue; |
5009 | } |
5010 | |
5011 | /* There are three other classes that generate special property calls |
5012 | that are recognized only in an XCLASS. */ |
5013 | |
5014 | else switch(posix_class) |
5015 | { |
5016 | case PC_GRAPH: |
5017 | ptype = PT_PXGRAPH; |
5018 | /* Fall through */ |
5019 | case PC_PRINT: |
5020 | if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPRINT; |
5021 | /* Fall through */ |
5022 | case PC_PUNCT: |
5023 | if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPUNCT; |
5024 | *class_uchardata++ = local_negate? XCL_NOTPROP : XCL_PROP; |
5025 | *class_uchardata++ = ptype; |
5026 | *class_uchardata++ = 0; |
5027 | xclass_has_prop = TRUE; |
5028 | ptr = tempptr + 1; |
5029 | continue; |
5030 | |
5031 | /* For all other POSIX classes, no special action is taken in UCP |
5032 | mode. Fall through to the non_UCP case. */ |
5033 | |
5034 | default: |
5035 | break; |
5036 | } |
5037 | } |
5038 | #endif |
5039 | /* In the non-UCP case, or when UCP makes no difference, we build the |
5040 | bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store because we may be |
5041 | adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to subtract bits that |
5042 | may be in the main map already. At the end we or the result into the |
5043 | bit map that is being built. */ |
5044 | |
5045 | posix_class *= 3; |
5046 | |
5047 | /* Copy in the first table (always present) */ |
5048 | |
5049 | memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class], |
5050 | 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); |
5051 | |
5052 | /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */ |
5053 | |
5054 | taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1]; |
5055 | tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2]; |
5056 | |
5057 | if (taboffset >= 0) |
5058 | { |
5059 | if (tabopt >= 0) |
5060 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset]; |
5061 | else |
5062 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset]; |
5063 | } |
5064 | |
5065 | /* Now see if we need to remove any special characters. An option |
5066 | value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */ |
5067 | |
5068 | if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt; |
5069 | if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c; |
5070 | else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f; |
5071 | |
5072 | /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is |
5073 | being built and we are done. */ |
5074 | |
5075 | if (local_negate) |
5076 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c]; |
5077 | else |
5078 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c]; |
5079 | |
5080 | ptr = tempptr + 1; |
5081 | /* Every class contains at least one < 256 character. */ |
5082 | class_has_8bitchar = 1; |
5083 | /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ |
5084 | class_one_char = 2; |
5085 | continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */ |
5086 | } |
5087 | |
5088 | /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one |
5089 | of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special |
5090 | case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We |
5091 | assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so |
5092 | speculatively set both class_has_8bitchar and class_one_char bigger |
5093 | than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and are either treated |
5094 | as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if |
5095 | PCRE_EXTRA is set. */ |
5096 | |
5097 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
5098 | { |
5099 | escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, |
5100 | TRUE); |
5101 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
5102 | if (escape == 0) c = ec; |
5103 | else if (escape == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */ |
5104 | else if (escape == ESC_N) /* \N is not supported in a class */ |
5105 | { |
5106 | *errorcodeptr = ERR71; |
5107 | goto FAILED; |
5108 | } |
5109 | else if (escape == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */ |
5110 | { |
5111 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
5112 | { |
5113 | ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */ |
5114 | } |
5115 | else inescq = TRUE; |
5116 | continue; |
5117 | } |
5118 | else if (escape == ESC_E) continue; /* Ignore orphan \E */ |
5119 | |
5120 | else |
5121 | { |
5122 | register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; |
5123 | /* Every class contains at least two < 256 characters. */ |
5124 | class_has_8bitchar++; |
5125 | /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ |
5126 | class_one_char += 2; |
5127 | |
5128 | switch (escape) |
5129 | { |
5130 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
5131 | case ESC_du: /* These are the values given for \d etc */ |
5132 | case ESC_DU: /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */ |
5133 | case ESC_wu: /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */ |
5134 | case ESC_WU: /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */ |
5135 | case ESC_su: /* of the default ASCII testing. */ |
5136 | case ESC_SU: |
5137 | nestptr = ptr; |
5138 | ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ |
5139 | class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ |
5140 | continue; |
5141 | #endif |
5142 | case ESC_d: |
5143 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit]; |
5144 | continue; |
5145 | |
5146 | case ESC_D: |
5147 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
5148 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit]; |
5149 | continue; |
5150 | |
5151 | case ESC_w: |
5152 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word]; |
5153 | continue; |
5154 | |
5155 | case ESC_W: |
5156 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
5157 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word]; |
5158 | continue; |
5159 | |
5160 | /* Perl 5.004 onwards omitted VT from \s, but restored it at Perl |
5161 | 5.18. Before PCRE 8.34, we had to preserve the VT bit if it was |
5162 | previously set by something earlier in the character class. |
5163 | Luckily, the value of CHAR_VT is 0x0b in both ASCII and EBCDIC, so |
5164 | we could just adjust the appropriate bit. From PCRE 8.34 we no |
5165 | longer treat \s and \S specially. */ |
5166 | |
5167 | case ESC_s: |
5168 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space]; |
5169 | continue; |
5170 | |
5171 | case ESC_S: |
5172 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
5173 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space]; |
5174 | continue; |
5175 | |
5176 | /* The rest apply in both UCP and non-UCP cases. */ |
5177 | |
5178 | case ESC_h: |
5179 | (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, |
5180 | PRIV(hspace_list), NOTACHAR); |
5181 | continue; |
5182 | |
5183 | case ESC_H: |
5184 | (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, |
5185 | cd, PRIV(hspace_list)); |
5186 | continue; |
5187 | |
5188 | case ESC_v: |
5189 | (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, |
5190 | PRIV(vspace_list), NOTACHAR); |
5191 | continue; |
5192 | |
5193 | case ESC_V: |
5194 | (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, |
5195 | cd, PRIV(vspace_list)); |
5196 | continue; |
5197 | |
5198 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
5199 | case ESC_p: |
5200 | case ESC_P: |
5201 | { |
5202 | BOOL negated; |
5203 | unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0; |
5204 | if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr)) |
5205 | goto FAILED; |
5206 | *class_uchardata++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? |
5207 | XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP; |
5208 | *class_uchardata++ = ptype; |
5209 | *class_uchardata++ = pdata; |
5210 | xclass_has_prop = TRUE; |
5211 | class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ |
5212 | continue; |
5213 | } |
5214 | #endif |
5215 | /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its |
5216 | strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are |
5217 | treated as literals. */ |
5218 | |
5219 | default: |
5220 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) |
5221 | { |
5222 | *errorcodeptr = ERR7; |
5223 | goto FAILED; |
5224 | } |
5225 | class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ |
5226 | class_one_char -= 2; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ |
5227 | c = *ptr; /* Get the final character and fall through */ |
5228 | break; |
5229 | } |
5230 | } |
5231 | |
5232 | /* Fall through if the escape just defined a single character (c >= 0). |
5233 | This may be greater than 256. */ |
5234 | |
5235 | escape = 0; |
5236 | |
5237 | } /* End of backslash handling */ |
5238 | |
5239 | /* A character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However, Perl does |
5240 | not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character at the end is |
5241 | treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences entirely. The |
5242 | code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */ |
5243 | |
5244 | CHECK_RANGE: |
5245 | while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
5246 | { |
5247 | inescq = FALSE; |
5248 | ptr += 2; |
5249 | } |
5250 | oldptr = ptr; |
5251 | |
5252 | /* Remember if \r or \n were explicitly used */ |
5253 | |
5254 | if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
5255 | |
5256 | /* Check for range */ |
5257 | |
5258 | if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) |
5259 | { |
5260 | pcre_uint32 d; |
5261 | ptr += 2; |
5262 | while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2; |
5263 | |
5264 | /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped |
5265 | mode. */ |
5266 | |
5267 | while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q) |
5268 | { |
5269 | ptr += 2; |
5270 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
5271 | { ptr += 2; continue; } |
5272 | inescq = TRUE; |
5273 | break; |
5274 | } |
5275 | |
5276 | /* Minus (hyphen) at the end of a class is treated as a literal, so put |
5277 | back the pointer and jump to handle the character that preceded it. */ |
5278 | |
5279 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)) |
5280 | { |
5281 | ptr = oldptr; |
5282 | goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; |
5283 | } |
5284 | |
5285 | /* Otherwise, we have a potential range; pick up the next character */ |
5286 | |
5287 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
5288 | if (utf) |
5289 | { /* Braces are required because the */ |
5290 | GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ |
5291 | } |
5292 | else |
5293 | #endif |
5294 | d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */ |
5295 | |
5296 | /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape |
5297 | sequence, but not any of the other escapes. Perl treats a hyphen as a |
5298 | literal in such circumstances. However, in Perl's warning mode, a |
5299 | warning is given, so PCRE now faults it as it is almost certainly a |
5300 | mistake on the user's part. */ |
5301 | |
5302 | if (!inescq) |
5303 | { |
5304 | if (d == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
5305 | { |
5306 | int descape; |
5307 | descape = check_escape(&ptr, &d, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE); |
5308 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
5309 | |
5310 | /* 0 means a character was put into d; \b is backspace; any other |
5311 | special causes an error. */ |
5312 | |
5313 | if (descape != 0) |
5314 | { |
5315 | if (descape == ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else |
5316 | { |
5317 | *errorcodeptr = ERR83; |
5318 | goto FAILED; |
5319 | } |
5320 | } |
5321 | } |
5322 | |
5323 | /* A hyphen followed by a POSIX class is treated in the same way. */ |
5324 | |
5325 | else if (d == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
5326 | (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
5327 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
5328 | check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
5329 | { |
5330 | *errorcodeptr = ERR83; |
5331 | goto FAILED; |
5332 | } |
5333 | } |
5334 | |
5335 | /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize |
5336 | one-character ranges. */ |
5337 | |
5338 | if (d < c) |
5339 | { |
5340 | *errorcodeptr = ERR8; |
5341 | goto FAILED; |
5342 | } |
5343 | if (d == c) goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */ |
5344 | |
5345 | /* We have found a character range, so single character optimizations |
5346 | cannot be done anymore. Any value greater than 1 indicates that there |
5347 | is more than one character. */ |
5348 | |
5349 | class_one_char = 2; |
5350 | |
5351 | /* Remember an explicit \r or \n, and add the range to the class. */ |
5352 | |
5353 | if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
5354 | |
5355 | class_has_8bitchar += |
5356 | add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, d); |
5357 | |
5358 | continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */ |
5359 | } |
5360 | |
5361 | /* Handle a single character - we can get here for a normal non-escape |
5362 | char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an apparent |
5363 | range that isn't. Only the value 1 matters for class_one_char, so don't |
5364 | increase it if it is already 2 or more ... just in case there's a class |
5365 | with a zillion characters in it. */ |
5366 | |
5367 | CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER: |
5368 | if (class_one_char < 2) class_one_char++; |
5369 | |
5370 | /* If class_one_char is 1, we have the first single character in the |
5371 | class, and there have been no prior ranges, or XCLASS items generated by |
5372 | escapes. If this is the final character in the class, we can optimize by |
5373 | turning the item into a 1-character OP_CHAR[I] if it's positive, or |
5374 | OP_NOT[I] if it's negative. In the positive case, it can cause firstchar |
5375 | to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if this item is first, |
5376 | whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of reqchar, save the |
5377 | previous value for reinstating. */ |
5378 | |
5379 | if (!inescq && class_one_char == 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
5380 | { |
5381 | ptr++; |
5382 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
5383 | zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
5384 | |
5385 | if (negate_class) |
5386 | { |
5387 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
5388 | int d; |
5389 | #endif |
5390 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
5391 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
5392 | zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
5393 | |
5394 | /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check |
5395 | whether this character has more than one other case. If so, generate |
5396 | a special OP_NOTPROP item instead of OP_NOTI. */ |
5397 | |
5398 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
5399 | if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && |
5400 | (d = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) |
5401 | { |
5402 | *code++ = OP_NOTPROP; |
5403 | *code++ = PT_CLIST; |
5404 | *code++ = d; |
5405 | } |
5406 | else |
5407 | #endif |
5408 | /* Char has only one other case, or UCP not available */ |
5409 | |
5410 | { |
5411 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT; |
5412 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
5413 | if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) |
5414 | code += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, code); |
5415 | else |
5416 | #endif |
5417 | *code++ = c; |
5418 | } |
5419 | |
5420 | /* We are finished with this character class */ |
5421 | |
5422 | goto END_CLASS; |
5423 | } |
5424 | |
5425 | /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and |
5426 | then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */ |
5427 | |
5428 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
5429 | if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) |
5430 | mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer); |
5431 | else |
5432 | #endif |
5433 | { |
5434 | mcbuffer[0] = c; |
5435 | mclength = 1; |
5436 | } |
5437 | goto ONE_CHAR; |
5438 | } /* End of 1-char optimization */ |
5439 | |
5440 | /* There is more than one character in the class, or an XCLASS item |
5441 | has been generated. Add this character to the class. */ |
5442 | |
5443 | class_has_8bitchar += |
5444 | add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, c); |
5445 | } |
5446 | |
5447 | /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above. |
5448 | If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer |
5449 | string. */ |
5450 | |
5451 | while (((c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL || |
5452 | (nestptr != NULL && |
5453 | (ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL)) && |
5454 | (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq)); |
5455 | |
5456 | /* Check for missing terminating ']' */ |
5457 | |
5458 | if (c == CHAR_NULL) |
5459 | { |
5460 | *errorcodeptr = ERR6; |
5461 | goto FAILED; |
5462 | } |
5463 | |
5464 | /* We will need an XCLASS if data has been placed in class_uchardata. In |
5465 | the second phase this is a sufficient test. However, in the pre-compile |
5466 | phase, class_uchardata gets emptied to prevent workspace overflow, so it |
5467 | only if the very last character in the class needs XCLASS will it contain |
5468 | anything at this point. For this reason, xclass gets set TRUE above when |
5469 | uchar_classdata is emptied, and that's why this code is the way it is here |
5470 | instead of just doing a test on class_uchardata below. */ |
5471 | |
5472 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
5473 | if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) xclass = TRUE; |
5474 | #endif |
5475 | |
5476 | /* If this is the first thing in the branch, there can be no first char |
5477 | setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqchar setting must remain |
5478 | unchanged after any kind of repeat. */ |
5479 | |
5480 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
5481 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
5482 | zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
5483 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
5484 | zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
5485 | |
5486 | /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an |
5487 | extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special |
5488 | such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all |
5489 | characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as |
5490 | well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must |
5491 | be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the |
5492 | actual compiled code. */ |
5493 | |
5494 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
5495 | if (xclass && (!should_flip_negation || (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)) |
5496 | #elif !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
5497 | if (xclass && !should_flip_negation) |
5498 | #endif |
5499 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
5500 | { |
5501 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */ |
5502 | *code++ = OP_XCLASS; |
5503 | code += LINK_SIZE; |
5504 | *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT:0; |
5505 | if (xclass_has_prop) *code |= XCL_HASPROP; |
5506 | |
5507 | /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it; |
5508 | otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */ |
5509 | |
5510 | if (class_has_8bitchar > 0) |
5511 | { |
5512 | *code++ |= XCL_MAP; |
5513 | memmove(code + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)), code, |
5514 | IN_UCHARS(class_uchardata - code)); |
5515 | if (negate_class && !xclass_has_prop) |
5516 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c]; |
5517 | memcpy(code, classbits, 32); |
5518 | code = class_uchardata + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); |
5519 | } |
5520 | else code = class_uchardata; |
5521 | |
5522 | /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */ |
5523 | |
5524 | PUT(previous, 1, (int)(code - previous)); |
5525 | break; /* End of class handling */ |
5526 | } |
5527 | #endif |
5528 | |
5529 | /* Even though any XCLASS list is now discarded, we must allow for |
5530 | its memory. */ |
5531 | |
5532 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
5533 | *lengthptr += (int)(class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base); |
5534 | |
5535 | /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or |
5536 | excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the |
5537 | whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S |
5538 | (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector, |
5539 | negating it if necessary. */ |
5540 | |
5541 | *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS; |
5542 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */ |
5543 | { |
5544 | if (negate_class) |
5545 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c]; |
5546 | memcpy(code, classbits, 32); |
5547 | } |
5548 | code += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
5549 | |
5550 | END_CLASS: |
5551 | break; |
5552 | |
5553 | |
5554 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
5555 | /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this |
5556 | has been tested above. */ |
5557 | |
5558 | case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET: |
5559 | if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
5560 | ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr); |
5561 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
5562 | goto REPEAT; |
5563 | |
5564 | case CHAR_ASTERISK: |
5565 | repeat_min = 0; |
5566 | repeat_max = -1; |
5567 | goto REPEAT; |
5568 | |
5569 | case CHAR_PLUS: |
5570 | repeat_min = 1; |
5571 | repeat_max = -1; |
5572 | goto REPEAT; |
5573 | |
5574 | case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK: |
5575 | repeat_min = 0; |
5576 | repeat_max = 1; |
5577 | |
5578 | REPEAT: |
5579 | if (previous == NULL) |
5580 | { |
5581 | *errorcodeptr = ERR9; |
5582 | goto FAILED; |
5583 | } |
5584 | |
5585 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
5586 | { |
5587 | firstchar = zerofirstchar; /* Adjust for zero repeat */ |
5588 | firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags; |
5589 | reqchar = zeroreqchar; /* Ditto */ |
5590 | reqcharflags = zeroreqcharflags; |
5591 | } |
5592 | |
5593 | /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */ |
5594 | |
5595 | reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY; |
5596 | |
5597 | op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */ |
5598 | possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */ |
5599 | |
5600 | /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to |
5601 | insert something before it. */ |
5602 | |
5603 | tempcode = previous; |
5604 | |
5605 | /* Before checking for a possessive quantifier, we must skip over |
5606 | whitespace and comments in extended mode because Perl allows white space at |
5607 | this point. */ |
5608 | |
5609 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
5610 | { |
5611 | const pcre_uchar *p = ptr + 1; |
5612 | for (;;) |
5613 | { |
5614 | while (MAX_255(*p) && (cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_space) != 0) p++; |
5615 | if (*p != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) break; |
5616 | p++; |
5617 | while (*p != CHAR_NULL) |
5618 | { |
5619 | if (IS_NEWLINE(p)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */ |
5620 | { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */ |
5621 | p += cd->nllen; |
5622 | break; |
5623 | } |
5624 | p++; |
5625 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
5626 | if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(p); |
5627 | #endif |
5628 | } /* Loop for comment characters */ |
5629 | } /* Loop for multiple comments */ |
5630 | ptr = p - 1; /* Character before the next significant one. */ |
5631 | } |
5632 | |
5633 | /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This |
5634 | implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option. |
5635 | If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default, |
5636 | but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the |
5637 | repeat type to the non-default. */ |
5638 | |
5639 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) |
5640 | { |
5641 | repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
5642 | possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
5643 | ptr++; |
5644 | } |
5645 | else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
5646 | { |
5647 | repeat_type = greedy_non_default; |
5648 | ptr++; |
5649 | } |
5650 | else repeat_type = greedy_default; |
5651 | |
5652 | /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that |
5653 | previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the |
5654 | past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the |
5655 | repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this, |
5656 | but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */ |
5657 | |
5658 | if (*previous == OP_RECURSE) |
5659 | { |
5660 | memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(1 + LINK_SIZE)); |
5661 | *previous = OP_ONCE; |
5662 | PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); |
5663 | previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET; |
5664 | PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); |
5665 | code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
5666 | length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE; |
5667 | |
5668 | /* When actually compiling, we need to check whether this was a forward |
5669 | reference, and if so, adjust the offset. */ |
5670 | |
5671 | if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + LINK_SIZE) |
5672 | { |
5673 | int offset = GET(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE); |
5674 | if (offset == previous + 1 - cd->start_code) |
5675 | PUT(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE, offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
5676 | } |
5677 | } |
5678 | |
5679 | /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */ |
5680 | |
5681 | /* If previous was a character or negated character match, abolish the item |
5682 | and generate a repeat item instead. If a char item has a minimum of more |
5683 | than one, ensure that it is set in reqchar - it might not be if a sequence |
5684 | such as x{3} is the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone |
5685 | into firstchar instead. */ |
5686 | |
5687 | if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARI |
5688 | || *previous == OP_NOT || *previous == OP_NOTI) |
5689 | { |
5690 | switch (*previous) |
5691 | { |
5692 | default: /* Make compiler happy. */ |
5693 | case OP_CHAR: op_type = OP_STAR - OP_STAR; break; |
5694 | case OP_CHARI: op_type = OP_STARI - OP_STAR; break; |
5695 | case OP_NOT: op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; break; |
5696 | case OP_NOTI: op_type = OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR; break; |
5697 | } |
5698 | |
5699 | /* Deal with UTF characters that take up more than one character. It's |
5700 | easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to |
5701 | hold the length of the character in bytes, plus UTF_LENGTH to flag that |
5702 | it's a length rather than a small character. */ |
5703 | |
5704 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
5705 | if (utf && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(code[-1])) |
5706 | { |
5707 | pcre_uchar *lastchar = code - 1; |
5708 | BACKCHAR(lastchar); |
5709 | c = (int)(code - lastchar); /* Length of UTF-8 character */ |
5710 | memcpy(utf_chars, lastchar, IN_UCHARS(c)); /* Save the char */ |
5711 | c |= UTF_LENGTH; /* Flag c as a length */ |
5712 | } |
5713 | else |
5714 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
5715 | |
5716 | /* Handle the case of a single charater - either with no UTF support, or |
5717 | with UTF disabled, or for a single character UTF character. */ |
5718 | { |
5719 | c = code[-1]; |
5720 | if (*previous <= OP_CHARI && repeat_min > 1) |
5721 | { |
5722 | reqchar = c; |
5723 | reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt; |
5724 | } |
5725 | } |
5726 | |
5727 | goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */ |
5728 | } |
5729 | |
5730 | /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and |
5731 | create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character |
5732 | repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note |
5733 | the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is |
5734 | defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just |
5735 | makes it horribly messy. */ |
5736 | |
5737 | else if (*previous < OP_EODN) |
5738 | { |
5739 | pcre_uchar *oldcode; |
5740 | int prop_type, prop_value; |
5741 | op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */ |
5742 | c = *previous; |
5743 | |
5744 | OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT: |
5745 | if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP) |
5746 | { |
5747 | prop_type = previous[1]; |
5748 | prop_value = previous[2]; |
5749 | } |
5750 | else prop_type = prop_value = -1; |
5751 | |
5752 | oldcode = code; |
5753 | code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */ |
5754 | |
5755 | /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows |
5756 | this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */ |
5757 | |
5758 | if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT; |
5759 | |
5760 | /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */ |
5761 | |
5762 | repeat_type += op_type; |
5763 | |
5764 | /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as |
5765 | an UPTO, with the maximum given. */ |
5766 | |
5767 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
5768 | { |
5769 | if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; |
5770 | else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; |
5771 | else |
5772 | { |
5773 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
5774 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
5775 | } |
5776 | } |
5777 | |
5778 | /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the |
5779 | maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is |
5780 | left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with |
5781 | one less than the maximum. */ |
5782 | |
5783 | else if (repeat_min == 1) |
5784 | { |
5785 | if (repeat_max == -1) |
5786 | *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type; |
5787 | else |
5788 | { |
5789 | code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */ |
5790 | if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT; |
5791 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
5792 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1); |
5793 | } |
5794 | } |
5795 | |
5796 | /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is |
5797 | handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */ |
5798 | |
5799 | else |
5800 | { |
5801 | *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */ |
5802 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); |
5803 | |
5804 | /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so, |
5805 | we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated |
5806 | Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the |
5807 | required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in |
5808 | c, with the UTF_LENGTH bit as a flag. */ |
5809 | |
5810 | if (repeat_max < 0) |
5811 | { |
5812 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
5813 | if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
5814 | { |
5815 | memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
5816 | code += c & 7; |
5817 | } |
5818 | else |
5819 | #endif |
5820 | { |
5821 | *code++ = c; |
5822 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
5823 | { |
5824 | *code++ = prop_type; |
5825 | *code++ = prop_value; |
5826 | } |
5827 | } |
5828 | *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; |
5829 | } |
5830 | |
5831 | /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again |
5832 | preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the |
5833 | UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */ |
5834 | |
5835 | else if (repeat_max != repeat_min) |
5836 | { |
5837 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
5838 | if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
5839 | { |
5840 | memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
5841 | code += c & 7; |
5842 | } |
5843 | else |
5844 | #endif |
5845 | *code++ = c; |
5846 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
5847 | { |
5848 | *code++ = prop_type; |
5849 | *code++ = prop_value; |
5850 | } |
5851 | repeat_max -= repeat_min; |
5852 | |
5853 | if (repeat_max == 1) |
5854 | { |
5855 | *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; |
5856 | } |
5857 | else |
5858 | { |
5859 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
5860 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
5861 | } |
5862 | } |
5863 | } |
5864 | |
5865 | /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */ |
5866 | |
5867 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
5868 | if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
5869 | { |
5870 | memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
5871 | code += c & 7; |
5872 | } |
5873 | else |
5874 | #endif |
5875 | *code++ = c; |
5876 | |
5877 | /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that |
5878 | define the required property. */ |
5879 | |
5880 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
5881 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
5882 | { |
5883 | *code++ = prop_type; |
5884 | *code++ = prop_value; |
5885 | } |
5886 | #endif |
5887 | } |
5888 | |
5889 | /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat |
5890 | stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */ |
5891 | |
5892 | else if (*previous == OP_CLASS || *previous == OP_NCLASS || |
5893 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
5894 | *previous == OP_XCLASS || |
5895 | #endif |
5896 | *previous == OP_REF || *previous == OP_REFI || |
5897 | *previous == OP_DNREF || *previous == OP_DNREFI) |
5898 | { |
5899 | if (repeat_max == 0) |
5900 | { |
5901 | code = previous; |
5902 | goto END_REPEAT; |
5903 | } |
5904 | |
5905 | if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1) |
5906 | *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type; |
5907 | else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1) |
5908 | *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type; |
5909 | else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1) |
5910 | *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type; |
5911 | else |
5912 | { |
5913 | *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type; |
5914 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); |
5915 | if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */ |
5916 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
5917 | } |
5918 | } |
5919 | |
5920 | /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain |
5921 | cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic" bracket |
5922 | opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get converted |
5923 | into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA. A test for >= |
5924 | OP_ASSERT and <= OP_COND includes ASSERT, ASSERT_NOT, ASSERTBACK, |
5925 | ASSERTBACK_NOT, ONCE, ONCE_NC, BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, and COND. |
5926 | Originally, PCRE did not allow repetition of assertions, but now it does, |
5927 | for Perl compatibility. */ |
5928 | |
5929 | else if (*previous >= OP_ASSERT && *previous <= OP_COND) |
5930 | { |
5931 | register int i; |
5932 | int len = (int)(code - previous); |
5933 | size_t base_hwm_offset = save_hwm_offset; |
5934 | pcre_uchar *bralink = NULL; |
5935 | pcre_uchar *brazeroptr = NULL; |
5936 | |
5937 | /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless, but Perl allows the syntax, so |
5938 | we just ignore the repeat. */ |
5939 | |
5940 | if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) |
5941 | goto END_REPEAT; |
5942 | |
5943 | /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential |
5944 | use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore, |
5945 | if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the |
5946 | maximum is not zero or one, set it to 1. */ |
5947 | |
5948 | if (*previous < OP_ONCE) /* Assertion */ |
5949 | { |
5950 | if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT; |
5951 | if (repeat_max < 0 || repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1; |
5952 | } |
5953 | |
5954 | /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick |
5955 | OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the |
5956 | data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For |
5957 | this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise |
5958 | the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the |
5959 | minimum is zero. */ |
5960 | |
5961 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
5962 | { |
5963 | /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the |
5964 | output altogether, like this: |
5965 | |
5966 | ** if (repeat_max == 0) |
5967 | ** { |
5968 | ** code = previous; |
5969 | ** goto END_REPEAT; |
5970 | ** } |
5971 | |
5972 | However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is referenced |
5973 | as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in |
5974 | OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on execution. As we |
5975 | don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we cannot do this |
5976 | selectively. |
5977 | |
5978 | If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO |
5979 | and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any |
5980 | OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any |
5981 | internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the |
5982 | start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing |
5983 | this. */ |
5984 | |
5985 | if (repeat_max <= 1) /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */ |
5986 | { |
5987 | *code = OP_END; |
5988 | adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf, cd, save_hwm_offset); |
5989 | memmove(previous + 1, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
5990 | code++; |
5991 | if (repeat_max == 0) |
5992 | { |
5993 | *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO; |
5994 | goto END_REPEAT; |
5995 | } |
5996 | brazeroptr = previous; /* Save for possessive optimizing */ |
5997 | *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
5998 | } |
5999 | |
6000 | /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate |
6001 | in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets. |
6002 | The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original |
6003 | copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code |
6004 | that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to |
6005 | adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once |
6006 | again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */ |
6007 | |
6008 | else |
6009 | { |
6010 | int offset; |
6011 | *code = OP_END; |
6012 | adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm_offset); |
6013 | memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
6014 | code += 2 + LINK_SIZE; |
6015 | *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
6016 | *previous++ = OP_BRA; |
6017 | |
6018 | /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be |
6019 | filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */ |
6020 | |
6021 | offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink); |
6022 | bralink = previous; |
6023 | PUTINC(previous, 0, offset); |
6024 | } |
6025 | |
6026 | repeat_max--; |
6027 | } |
6028 | |
6029 | /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many |
6030 | times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent |
6031 | copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't |
6032 | set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any |
6033 | forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on |
6034 | the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */ |
6035 | |
6036 | else |
6037 | { |
6038 | if (repeat_min > 1) |
6039 | { |
6040 | /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We |
6041 | just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for |
6042 | potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit |
6043 | integer type when available, otherwise double. */ |
6044 | |
6045 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
6046 | { |
6047 | int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup; |
6048 | if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)* |
6049 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup > |
6050 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || |
6051 | OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) |
6052 | { |
6053 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
6054 | goto FAILED; |
6055 | } |
6056 | *lengthptr += delta; |
6057 | } |
6058 | |
6059 | /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first byte for |
6060 | the group, and we have not yet set a "required byte", set it. Make |
6061 | sure there is enough workspace for copying forward references before |
6062 | doing the copy. */ |
6063 | |
6064 | else |
6065 | { |
6066 | if (groupsetfirstchar && reqcharflags < 0) |
6067 | { |
6068 | reqchar = firstchar; |
6069 | reqcharflags = firstcharflags; |
6070 | } |
6071 | |
6072 | for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++) |
6073 | { |
6074 | pcre_uchar *hc; |
6075 | size_t this_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
6076 | memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
6077 | |
6078 | while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
6079 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - |
6080 | (this_hwm_offset - base_hwm_offset)) |
6081 | { |
6082 | *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
6083 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
6084 | } |
6085 | |
6086 | for (hc = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + base_hwm_offset; |
6087 | hc < (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_hwm_offset; |
6088 | hc += LINK_SIZE) |
6089 | { |
6090 | PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len); |
6091 | cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; |
6092 | } |
6093 | base_hwm_offset = this_hwm_offset; |
6094 | code += len; |
6095 | } |
6096 | } |
6097 | } |
6098 | |
6099 | if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min; |
6100 | } |
6101 | |
6102 | /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If |
6103 | the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion, |
6104 | remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum, |
6105 | the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies |
6106 | the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to |
6107 | replicate entries on the forward reference list. */ |
6108 | |
6109 | if (repeat_max >= 0) |
6110 | { |
6111 | /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We |
6112 | just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1 |
6113 | to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must |
6114 | add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some |
6115 | paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is |
6116 | a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */ |
6117 | |
6118 | if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0) |
6119 | { |
6120 | int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) - |
6121 | 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Last one doesn't nest */ |
6122 | if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max * |
6123 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) |
6124 | > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || |
6125 | OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) |
6126 | { |
6127 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
6128 | goto FAILED; |
6129 | } |
6130 | *lengthptr += delta; |
6131 | } |
6132 | |
6133 | /* This is compiling for real */ |
6134 | |
6135 | else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
6136 | { |
6137 | pcre_uchar *hc; |
6138 | size_t this_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
6139 | |
6140 | *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
6141 | |
6142 | /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the |
6143 | chain of brackets outstanding. */ |
6144 | |
6145 | if (i != 0) |
6146 | { |
6147 | int offset; |
6148 | *code++ = OP_BRA; |
6149 | offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink); |
6150 | bralink = code; |
6151 | PUTINC(code, 0, offset); |
6152 | } |
6153 | |
6154 | memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
6155 | |
6156 | /* Ensure there is enough workspace for forward references before |
6157 | copying them. */ |
6158 | |
6159 | while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
6160 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - |
6161 | (this_hwm_offset - base_hwm_offset)) |
6162 | { |
6163 | *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
6164 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
6165 | } |
6166 | |
6167 | for (hc = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + base_hwm_offset; |
6168 | hc < (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_hwm_offset; |
6169 | hc += LINK_SIZE) |
6170 | { |
6171 | PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1)); |
6172 | cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; |
6173 | } |
6174 | base_hwm_offset = this_hwm_offset; |
6175 | code += len; |
6176 | } |
6177 | |
6178 | /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length |
6179 | fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */ |
6180 | |
6181 | while (bralink != NULL) |
6182 | { |
6183 | int oldlinkoffset; |
6184 | int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1); |
6185 | pcre_uchar *bra = code - offset; |
6186 | oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1); |
6187 | bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset; |
6188 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
6189 | PUTINC(code, 0, offset); |
6190 | PUT(bra, 1, offset); |
6191 | } |
6192 | } |
6193 | |
6194 | /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For |
6195 | ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated |
6196 | ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the |
6197 | behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to |
6198 | deal with possessive ONCEs specially. |
6199 | |
6200 | Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see |
6201 | whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so, |
6202 | convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so |
6203 | that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE |
6204 | groups at runtime, but in a different way.] |
6205 | |
6206 | Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a |
6207 | conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to |
6208 | KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of |
6209 | subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes |
6210 | makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre_exec(). If |
6211 | the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO. |
6212 | |
6213 | Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive |
6214 | flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside |
6215 | atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1, |
6216 | there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap |
6217 | the whole thing. */ |
6218 | |
6219 | else |
6220 | { |
6221 | pcre_uchar *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE; |
6222 | pcre_uchar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1); |
6223 | |
6224 | /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */ |
6225 | |
6226 | if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) && |
6227 | possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA; |
6228 | |
6229 | /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to |
6230 | set the KET. */ |
6231 | |
6232 | if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) |
6233 | *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; |
6234 | |
6235 | /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been |
6236 | converted to non-capturing above). */ |
6237 | |
6238 | else |
6239 | { |
6240 | /* In the compile phase, check for empty string matching. */ |
6241 | |
6242 | if (lengthptr == NULL) |
6243 | { |
6244 | pcre_uchar *scode = bracode; |
6245 | do |
6246 | { |
6247 | if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf, cd, NULL)) |
6248 | { |
6249 | *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA; |
6250 | break; |
6251 | } |
6252 | scode += GET(scode, 1); |
6253 | } |
6254 | while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
6255 | } |
6256 | |
6257 | /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */ |
6258 | |
6259 | if (possessive_quantifier) |
6260 | { |
6261 | /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively |
6262 | repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS |
6263 | versions of the COND opcodes. Because we are moving code along, we |
6264 | must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */ |
6265 | |
6266 | if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND) |
6267 | { |
6268 | int nlen = (int)(code - bracode); |
6269 | *code = OP_END; |
6270 | adjust_recurse(bracode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm_offset); |
6271 | memmove(bracode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, bracode, IN_UCHARS(nlen)); |
6272 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
6273 | nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
6274 | *bracode = OP_BRAPOS; |
6275 | *code++ = OP_KETRPOS; |
6276 | PUTINC(code, 0, nlen); |
6277 | PUT(bracode, 1, nlen); |
6278 | } |
6279 | |
6280 | /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */ |
6281 | |
6282 | else |
6283 | { |
6284 | *bracode += 1; /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */ |
6285 | *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS; |
6286 | } |
6287 | |
6288 | /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the |
6289 | possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */ |
6290 | |
6291 | if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO; |
6292 | if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE; |
6293 | } |
6294 | |
6295 | /* Non-possessive quantifier */ |
6296 | |
6297 | else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; |
6298 | } |
6299 | } |
6300 | } |
6301 | |
6302 | /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in |
6303 | JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is |
6304 | by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat" |
6305 | error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */ |
6306 | |
6307 | else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT; |
6308 | |
6309 | /* Else there's some kind of shambles */ |
6310 | |
6311 | else |
6312 | { |
6313 | *errorcodeptr = ERR11; |
6314 | goto FAILED; |
6315 | } |
6316 | |
6317 | /* If the character following a repeat is '+', possessive_quantifier is |
6318 | TRUE. For some opcodes, there are special alternative opcodes for this |
6319 | case. For anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE |
6320 | brackets. Logically, the '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from |
6321 | Sun's Java package, but the special opcodes can optimize it. |
6322 | |
6323 | Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been |
6324 | completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier |
6325 | is always FALSE at this stage. Note that the repeated item starts at |
6326 | tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose |
6327 | (former) last char we repeated. */ |
6328 | |
6329 | if (possessive_quantifier) |
6330 | { |
6331 | int len; |
6332 | |
6333 | /* Possessifying an EXACT quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. |
6334 | However, QUERY, STAR, or UPTO may follow (for quantifiers such as {5,6}, |
6335 | {5,}, or {5,10}). We skip over an EXACT item; if the length of what |
6336 | remains is greater than zero, there's a further opcode that can be |
6337 | handled. If not, do nothing, leaving the EXACT alone. */ |
6338 | |
6339 | switch(*tempcode) |
6340 | { |
6341 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
6342 | tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode] + |
6343 | ((tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP |
6344 | || tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0); |
6345 | break; |
6346 | |
6347 | /* CHAR opcodes are used for exacts whose count is 1. */ |
6348 | |
6349 | case OP_CHAR: |
6350 | case OP_CHARI: |
6351 | case OP_NOT: |
6352 | case OP_NOTI: |
6353 | case OP_EXACT: |
6354 | case OP_EXACTI: |
6355 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
6356 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
6357 | tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode]; |
6358 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
6359 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1])) |
6360 | tempcode += GET_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]); |
6361 | #endif |
6362 | break; |
6363 | |
6364 | /* For the class opcodes, the repeat operator appears at the end; |
6365 | adjust tempcode to point to it. */ |
6366 | |
6367 | case OP_CLASS: |
6368 | case OP_NCLASS: |
6369 | tempcode += 1 + 32/sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
6370 | break; |
6371 | |
6372 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
6373 | case OP_XCLASS: |
6374 | tempcode += GET(tempcode, 1); |
6375 | break; |
6376 | #endif |
6377 | } |
6378 | |
6379 | /* If tempcode is equal to code (which points to the end of the repeated |
6380 | item), it means we have skipped an EXACT item but there is no following |
6381 | QUERY, STAR, or UPTO; the value of len will be 0, and we do nothing. In |
6382 | all other cases, tempcode will be pointing to the repeat opcode, and will |
6383 | be less than code, so the value of len will be greater than 0. */ |
6384 | |
6385 | len = (int)(code - tempcode); |
6386 | if (len > 0) |
6387 | { |
6388 | unsigned int repcode = *tempcode; |
6389 | |
6390 | /* There is a table for possessifying opcodes, all of which are less |
6391 | than OP_CALLOUT. A zero entry means there is no possessified version. |
6392 | */ |
6393 | |
6394 | if (repcode < OP_CALLOUT && opcode_possessify[repcode] > 0) |
6395 | *tempcode = opcode_possessify[repcode]; |
6396 | |
6397 | /* For opcode without a special possessified version, wrap the item in |
6398 | ONCE brackets. Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any |
6399 | pending recursive references are updated. */ |
6400 | |
6401 | else |
6402 | { |
6403 | *code = OP_END; |
6404 | adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm_offset); |
6405 | memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
6406 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
6407 | len += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
6408 | tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE; |
6409 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
6410 | PUTINC(code, 0, len); |
6411 | PUT(tempcode, 1, len); |
6412 | } |
6413 | } |
6414 | |
6415 | #ifdef NEVER |
6416 | if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode) |
6417 | { |
6418 | case OP_STAR: *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break; |
6419 | case OP_PLUS: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break; |
6420 | case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break; |
6421 | case OP_UPTO: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break; |
6422 | |
6423 | case OP_STARI: *tempcode = OP_POSSTARI; break; |
6424 | case OP_PLUSI: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUSI; break; |
6425 | case OP_QUERYI: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERYI; break; |
6426 | case OP_UPTOI: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTOI; break; |
6427 | |
6428 | case OP_NOTSTAR: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break; |
6429 | case OP_NOTPLUS: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break; |
6430 | case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break; |
6431 | case OP_NOTUPTO: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break; |
6432 | |
6433 | case OP_NOTSTARI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTARI; break; |
6434 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUSI; break; |
6435 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERYI; break; |
6436 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTOI; break; |
6437 | |
6438 | case OP_TYPESTAR: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break; |
6439 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break; |
6440 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break; |
6441 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break; |
6442 | |
6443 | case OP_CRSTAR: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR; break; |
6444 | case OP_CRPLUS: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS; break; |
6445 | case OP_CRQUERY: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY; break; |
6446 | case OP_CRRANGE: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE; break; |
6447 | |
6448 | /* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any |
6449 | pending recursive references are updated. */ |
6450 | |
6451 | default: |
6452 | *code = OP_END; |
6453 | adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm_offset); |
6454 | memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
6455 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
6456 | len += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
6457 | tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE; |
6458 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
6459 | PUTINC(code, 0, len); |
6460 | PUT(tempcode, 1, len); |
6461 | break; |
6462 | } |
6463 | #endif |
6464 | } |
6465 | |
6466 | /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the |
6467 | "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqchars if |
6468 | it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */ |
6469 | |
6470 | END_REPEAT: |
6471 | previous = NULL; |
6472 | cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary; |
6473 | break; |
6474 | |
6475 | |
6476 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
6477 | /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or |
6478 | lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended |
6479 | parenthesis forms. */ |
6480 | |
6481 | case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: |
6482 | ptr++; |
6483 | |
6484 | /* First deal with comments. Putting this code right at the start ensures |
6485 | that comments have no bad side effects. */ |
6486 | |
6487 | if (ptr[0] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[1] == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
6488 | { |
6489 | ptr += 2; |
6490 | while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
6491 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) |
6492 | { |
6493 | *errorcodeptr = ERR18; |
6494 | goto FAILED; |
6495 | } |
6496 | continue; |
6497 | } |
6498 | |
6499 | /* Now deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */ |
6500 | |
6501 | if (ptr[0] == CHAR_ASTERISK && (ptr[1] == ':' |
6502 | || (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0)))) |
6503 | { |
6504 | int i, namelen; |
6505 | int arglen = 0; |
6506 | const char *vn = verbnames; |
6507 | const pcre_uchar *name = ptr + 1; |
6508 | const pcre_uchar *arg = NULL; |
6509 | previous = NULL; |
6510 | ptr++; |
6511 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++; |
6512 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
6513 | |
6514 | /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than |
6515 | a closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments, so we no longer insist on |
6516 | letters, digits, and underscores. */ |
6517 | |
6518 | if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON) |
6519 | { |
6520 | arg = ++ptr; |
6521 | while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
6522 | arglen = (int)(ptr - arg); |
6523 | if ((unsigned int)arglen > MAX_MARK) |
6524 | { |
6525 | *errorcodeptr = ERR75; |
6526 | goto FAILED; |
6527 | } |
6528 | } |
6529 | |
6530 | if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
6531 | { |
6532 | *errorcodeptr = ERR60; |
6533 | goto FAILED; |
6534 | } |
6535 | |
6536 | /* Scan the table of verb names */ |
6537 | |
6538 | for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++) |
6539 | { |
6540 | if (namelen == verbs[i].len && |
6541 | STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, vn, namelen) == 0) |
6542 | { |
6543 | int setverb; |
6544 | |
6545 | /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to |
6546 | ASSERT_ACCEPT if in an assertion. */ |
6547 | |
6548 | if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT) |
6549 | { |
6550 | open_capitem *oc; |
6551 | if (arglen != 0) |
6552 | { |
6553 | *errorcodeptr = ERR59; |
6554 | goto FAILED; |
6555 | } |
6556 | cd->had_accept = TRUE; |
6557 | for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) |
6558 | { |
6559 | *code++ = OP_CLOSE; |
6560 | PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number); |
6561 | } |
6562 | setverb = *code++ = |
6563 | (cd->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT; |
6564 | |
6565 | /* Do not set firstchar after *ACCEPT */ |
6566 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
6567 | } |
6568 | |
6569 | /* Handle other cases with/without an argument */ |
6570 | |
6571 | else if (arglen == 0) |
6572 | { |
6573 | if (verbs[i].op < 0) /* Argument is mandatory */ |
6574 | { |
6575 | *errorcodeptr = ERR66; |
6576 | goto FAILED; |
6577 | } |
6578 | setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op; |
6579 | } |
6580 | |
6581 | else |
6582 | { |
6583 | if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0) /* Argument is forbidden */ |
6584 | { |
6585 | *errorcodeptr = ERR59; |
6586 | goto FAILED; |
6587 | } |
6588 | setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op_arg; |
6589 | *code++ = arglen; |
6590 | memcpy(code, arg, IN_UCHARS(arglen)); |
6591 | code += arglen; |
6592 | *code++ = 0; |
6593 | } |
6594 | |
6595 | switch (setverb) |
6596 | { |
6597 | case OP_THEN: |
6598 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
6599 | cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN; |
6600 | break; |
6601 | |
6602 | case OP_PRUNE: |
6603 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
6604 | case OP_SKIP: |
6605 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
6606 | cd->had_pruneorskip = TRUE; |
6607 | break; |
6608 | } |
6609 | |
6610 | break; /* Found verb, exit loop */ |
6611 | } |
6612 | |
6613 | vn += verbs[i].len + 1; |
6614 | } |
6615 | |
6616 | if (i < verbcount) continue; /* Successfully handled a verb */ |
6617 | *errorcodeptr = ERR60; /* Verb not recognized */ |
6618 | goto FAILED; |
6619 | } |
6620 | |
6621 | /* Initialize for "real" parentheses */ |
6622 | |
6623 | newoptions = options; |
6624 | skipbytes = 0; |
6625 | bravalue = OP_CBRA; |
6626 | save_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
6627 | reset_bracount = FALSE; |
6628 | |
6629 | /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the |
6630 | appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */ |
6631 | |
6632 | if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
6633 | { |
6634 | int i, set, unset, namelen; |
6635 | int *optset; |
6636 | const pcre_uchar *name; |
6637 | pcre_uchar *slot; |
6638 | |
6639 | switch (*(++ptr)) |
6640 | { |
6641 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
6642 | case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* Reset capture count for each branch */ |
6643 | reset_bracount = TRUE; |
6644 | /* Fall through */ |
6645 | |
6646 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
6647 | case CHAR_COLON: /* Non-capturing bracket */ |
6648 | bravalue = OP_BRA; |
6649 | ptr++; |
6650 | break; |
6651 | |
6652 | |
6653 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
6654 | case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: |
6655 | bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */ |
6656 | tempptr = ptr; |
6657 | |
6658 | /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered |
6659 | group's having been set), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', |
6660 | referring to recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for |
6661 | recursion tests. |
6662 | |
6663 | There are ways of testing a named gr |